summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/editor/libeditor/HTMLEditRules.cpp
blob: 5cd370f133f9fff323aac9b83258dbe0d25ec4c8 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
8246
8247
8248
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253
8254
8255
8256
8257
8258
8259
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8265
8266
8267
8268
8269
8270
8271
8272
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
8337
8338
8339
8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
8362
8363
8364
8365
8366
8367
8368
8369
8370
8371
8372
8373
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
8390
8391
8392
8393
8394
8395
8396
8397
8398
8399
8400
8401
8402
8403
8404
8405
8406
8407
8408
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413
8414
8415
8416
8417
8418
8419
8420
8421
8422
8423
8424
8425
8426
8427
8428
8429
8430
8431
8432
8433
8434
8435
8436
8437
8438
8439
8440
8441
8442
8443
8444
8445
8446
8447
8448
8449
8450
8451
8452
8453
8454
8455
8456
8457
8458
8459
8460
8461
8462
8463
8464
8465
8466
8467
8468
8469
8470
8471
8472
8473
8474
8475
8476
8477
8478
8479
8480
8481
8482
8483
8484
8485
8486
8487
8488
8489
8490
8491
8492
8493
8494
8495
8496
8497
8498
8499
8500
8501
8502
8503
8504
8505
8506
8507
8508
8509
8510
8511
8512
8513
8514
8515
8516
8517
8518
8519
8520
8521
8522
8523
8524
8525
8526
8527
8528
8529
8530
8531
8532
8533
8534
8535
8536
8537
8538
8539
8540
8541
8542
8543
8544
8545
8546
8547
8548
8549
8550
8551
8552
8553
8554
8555
8556
8557
8558
8559
8560
8561
8562
8563
8564
8565
8566
8567
8568
8569
8570
8571
8572
8573
8574
8575
8576
8577
8578
8579
8580
8581
8582
8583
8584
8585
8586
8587
8588
8589
8590
8591
8592
8593
8594
8595
8596
8597
8598
8599
8600
8601
8602
8603
8604
8605
8606
8607
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
8627
8628
8629
8630
8631
8632
8633
8634
8635
8636
8637
8638
8639
8640
8641
8642
8643
8644
8645
8646
8647
8648
8649
8650
8651
8652
8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
8668
8669
8670
8671
8672
8673
8674
8675
8676
8677
8678
8679
8680
8681
8682
8683
8684
8685
8686
8687
8688
8689
8690
8691
8692
8693
8694
8695
8696
8697
8698
8699
8700
8701
8702
8703
8704
8705
8706
8707
8708
8709
8710
8711
8712
8713
8714
8715
8716
8717
8718
8719
8720
8721
8722
8723
8724
8725
8726
8727
8728
8729
8730
8731
8732
8733
8734
8735
8736
8737
8738
8739
8740
8741
8742
8743
8744
8745
8746
8747
8748
8749
8750
8751
8752
8753
8754
8755
8756
8757
8758
8759
8760
8761
8762
8763
8764
8765
8766
8767
8768
8769
8770
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
8786
8787
8788
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
8811
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
8828
8829
8830
8831
8832
8833
8834
8835
8836
8837
8838
8839
8840
8841
8842
8843
8844
8845
8846
8847
8848
8849
8850
8851
8852
8853
8854
8855
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 et tw=79: */
/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
 * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
 * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */

#include "HTMLEditRules.h"

#include <stdlib.h>

#include "HTMLEditUtils.h"
#include "TextEditUtils.h"
#include "WSRunObject.h"
#include "mozilla/Assertions.h"
#include "mozilla/CSSEditUtils.h"
#include "mozilla/EditorUtils.h"
#include "mozilla/HTMLEditor.h"
#include "mozilla/MathAlgorithms.h"
#include "mozilla/Move.h"
#include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
#include "mozilla/UniquePtr.h"
#include "mozilla/dom/Selection.h"
#include "mozilla/dom/Element.h"
#include "mozilla/OwningNonNull.h"
#include "mozilla/mozalloc.h"
#include "nsAString.h"
#include "nsAlgorithm.h"
#include "nsCRT.h"
#include "nsCRTGlue.h"
#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
#include "nsContentUtils.h"
#include "nsDebug.h"
#include "nsError.h"
#include "nsGkAtoms.h"
#include "nsIAtom.h"
#include "nsIContent.h"
#include "nsIContentIterator.h"
#include "nsID.h"
#include "nsIDOMCharacterData.h"
#include "nsIDOMDocument.h"
#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
#include "nsIDOMNode.h"
#include "nsIDOMText.h"
#include "nsIFrame.h"
#include "nsIHTMLAbsPosEditor.h"
#include "nsIHTMLDocument.h"
#include "nsINode.h"
#include "nsLiteralString.h"
#include "nsRange.h"
#include "nsReadableUtils.h"
#include "nsString.h"
#include "nsStringFwd.h"
#include "nsTArray.h"
#include "nsTextNode.h"
#include "nsThreadUtils.h"
#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
#include <algorithm>

// Workaround for windows headers
#ifdef SetProp
#undef SetProp
#endif

class nsISupports;

namespace mozilla {

class RulesInfo;

using namespace dom;

//const static char* kMOZEditorBogusNodeAttr="MOZ_EDITOR_BOGUS_NODE";
//const static char* kMOZEditorBogusNodeValue="TRUE";

enum
{
  kLonely = 0,
  kPrevSib = 1,
  kNextSib = 2,
  kBothSibs = 3
};

/********************************************************
 *  first some helpful functors we will use
 ********************************************************/

static bool IsBlockNode(const nsINode& node)
{
  return HTMLEditor::NodeIsBlockStatic(&node);
}

static bool IsInlineNode(const nsINode& node)
{
  return !IsBlockNode(node);
}

static bool
IsStyleCachePreservingAction(EditAction action)
{
  return action == EditAction::deleteSelection ||
         action == EditAction::insertBreak ||
         action == EditAction::makeList ||
         action == EditAction::indent ||
         action == EditAction::outdent ||
         action == EditAction::align ||
         action == EditAction::makeBasicBlock ||
         action == EditAction::removeList ||
         action == EditAction::makeDefListItem ||
         action == EditAction::insertElement ||
         action == EditAction::insertQuotation;
}

class TableCellAndListItemFunctor final : public BoolDomIterFunctor
{
public:
  // Used to build list of all li's, td's & th's iterator covers
  virtual bool operator()(nsINode* aNode) const
  {
    return HTMLEditUtils::IsTableCell(aNode) ||
           HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(aNode);
  }
};

class BRNodeFunctor final : public BoolDomIterFunctor
{
public:
  virtual bool operator()(nsINode* aNode) const
  {
    return aNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::br);
  }
};

class EmptyEditableFunctor final : public BoolDomIterFunctor
{
public:
  explicit EmptyEditableFunctor(HTMLEditor* aHTMLEditor)
    : mHTMLEditor(aHTMLEditor)
  {}

  virtual bool operator()(nsINode* aNode) const
  {
    if (mHTMLEditor->IsEditable(aNode) &&
        (HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(aNode) ||
         HTMLEditUtils::IsTableCellOrCaption(*aNode))) {
      bool bIsEmptyNode;
      nsresult rv =
        mHTMLEditor->IsEmptyNode(aNode, &bIsEmptyNode, false, false);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
      if (bIsEmptyNode) {
        return true;
      }
    }
    return false;
  }

protected:
  HTMLEditor* mHTMLEditor;
};

/********************************************************
 * mozilla::HTMLEditRules
 ********************************************************/

HTMLEditRules::HTMLEditRules()
  : mHTMLEditor(nullptr)
  , mListenerEnabled(false)
  , mReturnInEmptyLIKillsList(false)
  , mDidDeleteSelection(false)
  , mDidRangedDelete(false)
  , mRestoreContentEditableCount(false)
  , mJoinOffset(0)
{
  InitFields();
}

void
HTMLEditRules::InitFields()
{
  mHTMLEditor = nullptr;
  mDocChangeRange = nullptr;
  mListenerEnabled = true;
  mReturnInEmptyLIKillsList = true;
  mDidDeleteSelection = false;
  mDidRangedDelete = false;
  mRestoreContentEditableCount = false;
  mUtilRange = nullptr;
  mJoinOffset = 0;
  mNewBlock = nullptr;
  mRangeItem = new RangeItem();
  // populate mCachedStyles
  mCachedStyles[0] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::b, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[1] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::i, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[2] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::u, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[3] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::font, NS_LITERAL_STRING("face"), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[4] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::font, NS_LITERAL_STRING("size"), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[5] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::font, NS_LITERAL_STRING("color"), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[6] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::tt, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[7] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::em, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[8] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::strong, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[9] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::dfn, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[10] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::code, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[11] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::samp, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[12] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::var, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[13] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::cite, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[14] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::abbr, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[15] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::acronym, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[16] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::backgroundColor, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[17] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::sub, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
  mCachedStyles[18] = StyleCache(nsGkAtoms::sup, EmptyString(), EmptyString());
}

HTMLEditRules::~HTMLEditRules()
{
  // remove ourselves as a listener to edit actions
  // In some cases, we have already been removed by
  // ~HTMLEditor, in which case we will get a null pointer here
  // which we ignore.  But this allows us to add the ability to
  // switch rule sets on the fly if we want.
  if (mHTMLEditor) {
    mHTMLEditor->RemoveEditActionListener(this);
  }
}

NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(HTMLEditRules, TextEditRules)
NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(HTMLEditRules, TextEditRules)
NS_INTERFACE_TABLE_HEAD_CYCLE_COLLECTION_INHERITED(HTMLEditRules)
  NS_INTERFACE_TABLE_INHERITED(HTMLEditRules, nsIEditActionListener)
NS_INTERFACE_TABLE_TAIL_INHERITING(TextEditRules)

NS_IMPL_CYCLE_COLLECTION_INHERITED(HTMLEditRules, TextEditRules,
                                   mDocChangeRange, mUtilRange, mNewBlock,
                                   mRangeItem)

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::Init(TextEditor* aTextEditor)
{
  InitFields();

  mHTMLEditor = static_cast<HTMLEditor*>(aTextEditor);

  // call through to base class Init
  nsresult rv = TextEditRules::Init(aTextEditor);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // cache any prefs we care about
  static const char kPrefName[] =
    "editor.html.typing.returnInEmptyListItemClosesList";
  nsAdoptingCString returnInEmptyLIKillsList =
    Preferences::GetCString(kPrefName);

  // only when "false", becomes FALSE.  Otherwise (including empty), TRUE.
  // XXX Why was this pref designed as a string and not bool?
  mReturnInEmptyLIKillsList = !returnInEmptyLIKillsList.EqualsLiteral("false");

  // make a utility range for use by the listenter
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node = mHTMLEditor->GetRoot();
  if (!node) {
    node = mHTMLEditor->GetDocument();
  }

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(node);

  mUtilRange = new nsRange(node);

  // set up mDocChangeRange to be whole doc
  // temporarily turn off rules sniffing
  AutoLockRulesSniffing lockIt(this);
  if (!mDocChangeRange) {
    mDocChangeRange = new nsRange(node);
  }

  if (node->IsElement()) {
    ErrorResult rv;
    mDocChangeRange->SelectNode(*node, rv);
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!rv.Failed(), rv.StealNSResult());
    AdjustSpecialBreaks();
  }

  // add ourselves as a listener to edit actions
  return mHTMLEditor->AddEditActionListener(this);
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::DetachEditor()
{
  if (mHTMLEditor) {
    mHTMLEditor->RemoveEditActionListener(this);
  }
  mHTMLEditor = nullptr;
  return TextEditRules::DetachEditor();
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::BeforeEdit(EditAction action,
                          nsIEditor::EDirection aDirection)
{
  if (mLockRulesSniffing) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  AutoLockRulesSniffing lockIt(this);
  mDidExplicitlySetInterline = false;

  if (!mActionNesting) {
    mActionNesting++;

    // Clear our flag about if just deleted a range
    mDidRangedDelete = false;

    // Remember where our selection was before edit action took place:

    // Get selection
    RefPtr<Selection> selection = htmlEditor->GetSelection();

    // Get the selection location
    if (NS_WARN_IF(!selection) || !selection->RangeCount()) {
      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
    }
    mRangeItem->startNode = selection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
    mRangeItem->startOffset = selection->GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();
    mRangeItem->endNode = selection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetEndParent();
    mRangeItem->endOffset = selection->GetRangeAt(0)->EndOffset();
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selStartNode = mRangeItem->startNode;
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selEndNode = mRangeItem->endNode;

    // Register with range updater to track this as we perturb the doc
    htmlEditor->mRangeUpdater.RegisterRangeItem(mRangeItem);

    // Clear deletion state bool
    mDidDeleteSelection = false;

    // Clear out mDocChangeRange and mUtilRange
    if (mDocChangeRange) {
      // Clear out our accounting of what changed
      mDocChangeRange->Reset();
    }
    if (mUtilRange) {
      // Ditto for mUtilRange.
      mUtilRange->Reset();
    }

    // Remember current inline styles for deletion and normal insertion ops
    if (action == EditAction::insertText ||
        action == EditAction::insertIMEText ||
        action == EditAction::deleteSelection ||
        IsStyleCachePreservingAction(action)) {
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selNode =
        aDirection == nsIEditor::eNext ? selEndNode : selStartNode;
      nsresult rv = CacheInlineStyles(GetAsDOMNode(selNode));
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }

    // Stabilize the document against contenteditable count changes
    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMDocument> doc = htmlEditor->GetDOMDocument();
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(doc, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
    nsCOMPtr<nsIHTMLDocument> htmlDoc = do_QueryInterface(doc);
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(htmlDoc, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
    if (htmlDoc->GetEditingState() == nsIHTMLDocument::eContentEditable) {
      htmlDoc->ChangeContentEditableCount(nullptr, +1);
      mRestoreContentEditableCount = true;
    }

    // Check that selection is in subtree defined by body node
    ConfirmSelectionInBody();
    // Let rules remember the top level action
    mTheAction = action;
  }
  return NS_OK;
}


NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::AfterEdit(EditAction action,
                         nsIEditor::EDirection aDirection)
{
  if (mLockRulesSniffing) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  AutoLockRulesSniffing lockIt(this);

  MOZ_ASSERT(mActionNesting > 0);
  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
  mActionNesting--;
  if (!mActionNesting) {
    // Do all the tricky stuff
    rv = AfterEditInner(action, aDirection);

    // Free up selectionState range item
    htmlEditor->mRangeUpdater.DropRangeItem(mRangeItem);

    // Reset the contenteditable count to its previous value
    if (mRestoreContentEditableCount) {
      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMDocument> doc = htmlEditor->GetDOMDocument();
      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(doc, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
      nsCOMPtr<nsIHTMLDocument> htmlDoc = do_QueryInterface(doc);
      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(htmlDoc, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
      if (htmlDoc->GetEditingState() == nsIHTMLDocument::eContentEditable) {
        htmlDoc->ChangeContentEditableCount(nullptr, -1);
      }
      mRestoreContentEditableCount = false;
    }
  }

  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::AfterEditInner(EditAction action,
                              nsIEditor::EDirection aDirection)
{
  ConfirmSelectionInBody();
  if (action == EditAction::ignore) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<Selection> selection = mHTMLEditor->GetSelection();
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(selection);

  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> rangeStartParent, rangeEndParent;
  uint32_t rangeStartOffset = 0, rangeEndOffset = 0;
  // do we have a real range to act on?
  bool bDamagedRange = false;
  if (mDocChangeRange) {
    mDocChangeRange->GetStartContainer(getter_AddRefs(rangeStartParent));
    mDocChangeRange->GetEndContainer(getter_AddRefs(rangeEndParent));
    mDocChangeRange->GetStartOffset(&rangeStartOffset);
    mDocChangeRange->GetEndOffset(&rangeEndOffset);
    if (rangeStartParent && rangeEndParent)
      bDamagedRange = true;
  }

  if (bDamagedRange && !((action == EditAction::undo) ||
                         (action == EditAction::redo))) {
    // don't let any txns in here move the selection around behind our back.
    // Note that this won't prevent explicit selection setting from working.
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    AutoTransactionsConserveSelection dontSpazMySelection(mHTMLEditor);

    // expand the "changed doc range" as needed
    PromoteRange(*mDocChangeRange, action);

    // if we did a ranged deletion or handling backspace key, make sure we have
    // a place to put caret.
    // Note we only want to do this if the overall operation was deletion,
    // not if deletion was done along the way for EditAction::loadHTML, EditAction::insertText, etc.
    // That's why this is here rather than DidDeleteSelection().
    if (action == EditAction::deleteSelection && mDidRangedDelete) {
      nsresult rv = InsertBRIfNeeded(selection);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }

    // add in any needed <br>s, and remove any unneeded ones.
    AdjustSpecialBreaks();

    // merge any adjacent text nodes
    if (action != EditAction::insertText &&
        action != EditAction::insertIMEText) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->CollapseAdjacentTextNodes(mDocChangeRange);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }

    // clean up any empty nodes in the selection
    nsresult rv = RemoveEmptyNodes();
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

    // attempt to transform any unneeded nbsp's into spaces after doing various operations
    if (action == EditAction::insertText ||
        action == EditAction::insertIMEText ||
        action == EditAction::deleteSelection ||
        action == EditAction::insertBreak ||
        action == EditAction::htmlPaste ||
        action == EditAction::loadHTML) {
      rv = AdjustWhitespace(selection);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

      // also do this for original selection endpoints.
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mRangeItem->startNode);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mRangeItem->endNode);
      WSRunObject(mHTMLEditor, mRangeItem->startNode,
                  mRangeItem->startOffset).AdjustWhitespace();
      // we only need to handle old selection endpoint if it was different from start
      if (mRangeItem->startNode != mRangeItem->endNode ||
          mRangeItem->startOffset != mRangeItem->endOffset) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        WSRunObject(mHTMLEditor, mRangeItem->endNode,
                    mRangeItem->endOffset).AdjustWhitespace();
      }
    }

    // if we created a new block, make sure selection lands in it
    if (mNewBlock) {
      rv = PinSelectionToNewBlock(selection);
      mNewBlock = nullptr;
    }

    // adjust selection for insert text, html paste, and delete actions
    if (action == EditAction::insertText ||
        action == EditAction::insertIMEText ||
        action == EditAction::deleteSelection ||
        action == EditAction::insertBreak ||
        action == EditAction::htmlPaste ||
        action == EditAction::loadHTML) {
      rv = AdjustSelection(selection, aDirection);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }

    // check for any styles which were removed inappropriately
    if (action == EditAction::insertText ||
        action == EditAction::insertIMEText ||
        action == EditAction::deleteSelection ||
        IsStyleCachePreservingAction(action)) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      mHTMLEditor->mTypeInState->UpdateSelState(selection);
      rv = ReapplyCachedStyles();
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      ClearCachedStyles();
    }
  }

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);

  nsresult rv =
    mHTMLEditor->HandleInlineSpellCheck(action, selection,
                                        GetAsDOMNode(mRangeItem->startNode),
                                        mRangeItem->startOffset,
                                        rangeStartParent, static_cast<int32_t>(rangeStartOffset),
                                        rangeEndParent, static_cast<int32_t>(rangeEndOffset));
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // detect empty doc
  rv = CreateBogusNodeIfNeeded(selection);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // adjust selection HINT if needed
  if (!mDidExplicitlySetInterline) {
    CheckInterlinePosition(*selection);
  }

  return NS_OK;
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::WillDoAction(Selection* aSelection,
                            RulesInfo* aInfo,
                            bool* aCancel,
                            bool* aHandled)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aInfo && aCancel && aHandled);

  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = false;

  // my kingdom for dynamic cast
  TextRulesInfo* info = static_cast<TextRulesInfo*>(aInfo);

  // Deal with actions for which we don't need to check whether the selection is
  // editable.
  if (info->action == EditAction::outputText ||
      info->action == EditAction::undo ||
      info->action == EditAction::redo) {
    return TextEditRules::WillDoAction(aSelection, aInfo, aCancel, aHandled);
  }

  // Nothing to do if there's no selection to act on
  if (!aSelection) {
    return NS_OK;
  }
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aSelection->RangeCount(), NS_OK);

  RefPtr<nsRange> range = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0);
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selStartNode = range->GetStartParent();

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  if (!mHTMLEditor->IsModifiableNode(selStartNode)) {
    *aCancel = true;
    return NS_OK;
  }

  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selEndNode = range->GetEndParent();

  if (selStartNode != selEndNode) {
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    if (!mHTMLEditor->IsModifiableNode(selEndNode)) {
      *aCancel = true;
      return NS_OK;
    }

    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    if (!mHTMLEditor->IsModifiableNode(range->GetCommonAncestor())) {
      *aCancel = true;
      return NS_OK;
    }
  }

  switch (info->action) {
    case EditAction::insertText:
    case EditAction::insertIMEText:
      UndefineCaretBidiLevel(aSelection);
      return WillInsertText(info->action, aSelection, aCancel, aHandled,
                            info->inString, info->outString, info->maxLength);
    case EditAction::loadHTML:
      return WillLoadHTML(aSelection, aCancel);
    case EditAction::insertBreak:
      UndefineCaretBidiLevel(aSelection);
      return WillInsertBreak(*aSelection, aCancel, aHandled);
    case EditAction::deleteSelection:
      return WillDeleteSelection(aSelection, info->collapsedAction,
                                 info->stripWrappers, aCancel, aHandled);
    case EditAction::makeList:
      return WillMakeList(aSelection, info->blockType, info->entireList,
                          info->bulletType, aCancel, aHandled);
    case EditAction::indent:
      return WillIndent(aSelection, aCancel, aHandled);
    case EditAction::outdent:
      return WillOutdent(*aSelection, aCancel, aHandled);
    case EditAction::setAbsolutePosition:
      return WillAbsolutePosition(*aSelection, aCancel, aHandled);
    case EditAction::removeAbsolutePosition:
      return WillRemoveAbsolutePosition(aSelection, aCancel, aHandled);
    case EditAction::align:
      return WillAlign(*aSelection, *info->alignType, aCancel, aHandled);
    case EditAction::makeBasicBlock:
      return WillMakeBasicBlock(*aSelection, *info->blockType, aCancel,
                                aHandled);
    case EditAction::removeList:
      return WillRemoveList(aSelection, info->bOrdered, aCancel, aHandled);
    case EditAction::makeDefListItem:
      return WillMakeDefListItem(aSelection, info->blockType, info->entireList,
                                 aCancel, aHandled);
    case EditAction::insertElement:
      WillInsert(*aSelection, aCancel);
      return NS_OK;
    case EditAction::decreaseZIndex:
      return WillRelativeChangeZIndex(aSelection, -1, aCancel, aHandled);
    case EditAction::increaseZIndex:
      return WillRelativeChangeZIndex(aSelection, 1, aCancel, aHandled);
    default:
      return TextEditRules::WillDoAction(aSelection, aInfo,
                                         aCancel, aHandled);
  }
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::DidDoAction(Selection* aSelection,
                           RulesInfo* aInfo,
                           nsresult aResult)
{
  TextRulesInfo* info = static_cast<TextRulesInfo*>(aInfo);
  switch (info->action) {
    case EditAction::insertBreak:
      return DidInsertBreak(aSelection, aResult);
    case EditAction::deleteSelection:
      return DidDeleteSelection(aSelection, info->collapsedAction, aResult);
    case EditAction::makeBasicBlock:
    case EditAction::indent:
    case EditAction::outdent:
    case EditAction::align:
      return DidMakeBasicBlock(aSelection, aInfo, aResult);
    case EditAction::setAbsolutePosition: {
      nsresult rv = DidMakeBasicBlock(aSelection, aInfo, aResult);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      return DidAbsolutePosition();
    }
    default:
      // pass through to TextEditRules
      return TextEditRules::DidDoAction(aSelection, aInfo, aResult);
  }
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::GetListState(bool* aMixed,
                            bool* aOL,
                            bool* aUL,
                            bool* aDL)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aMixed && aOL && aUL && aDL, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
  *aMixed = false;
  *aOL = false;
  *aUL = false;
  *aDL = false;
  bool bNonList = false;

  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfNodes;
  nsresult rv = GetListActionNodes(arrayOfNodes, EntireList::no,
                                   TouchContent::no);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // Examine list type for nodes in selection.
  for (const auto& curNode : arrayOfNodes) {
    if (!curNode->IsElement()) {
      bNonList = true;
    } else if (curNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::ul)) {
      *aUL = true;
    } else if (curNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::ol)) {
      *aOL = true;
    } else if (curNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::li)) {
      if (dom::Element* parent = curNode->GetParentElement()) {
        if (parent->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::ul)) {
          *aUL = true;
        } else if (parent->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::ol)) {
          *aOL = true;
        }
      }
    } else if (curNode->IsAnyOfHTMLElements(nsGkAtoms::dl,
                                            nsGkAtoms::dt,
                                            nsGkAtoms::dd)) {
      *aDL = true;
    } else {
      bNonList = true;
    }
  }

  // hokey arithmetic with booleans
  if ((*aUL + *aOL + *aDL + bNonList) > 1) {
    *aMixed = true;
  }

  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::GetListItemState(bool* aMixed,
                                bool* aLI,
                                bool* aDT,
                                bool* aDD)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aMixed && aLI && aDT && aDD, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
  *aMixed = false;
  *aLI = false;
  *aDT = false;
  *aDD = false;
  bool bNonList = false;

  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfNodes;
  nsresult rv = GetListActionNodes(arrayOfNodes, EntireList::no,
                                   TouchContent::no);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // examine list type for nodes in selection
  for (const auto& node : arrayOfNodes) {
    if (!node->IsElement()) {
      bNonList = true;
    } else if (node->IsAnyOfHTMLElements(nsGkAtoms::ul,
                                         nsGkAtoms::ol,
                                         nsGkAtoms::li)) {
      *aLI = true;
    } else if (node->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::dt)) {
      *aDT = true;
    } else if (node->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::dd)) {
      *aDD = true;
    } else if (node->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::dl)) {
      // need to look inside dl and see which types of items it has
      bool bDT, bDD;
      GetDefinitionListItemTypes(node->AsElement(), &bDT, &bDD);
      *aDT |= bDT;
      *aDD |= bDD;
    } else {
      bNonList = true;
    }
  }

  // hokey arithmetic with booleans
  if (*aDT + *aDD + bNonList > 1) {
    *aMixed = true;
  }

  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::GetAlignment(bool* aMixed,
                            nsIHTMLEditor::EAlignment* aAlign)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aMixed && aAlign);

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  // For now, just return first alignment.  We'll lie about if it's mixed.
  // This is for efficiency given that our current ui doesn't care if it's
  // mixed.
  // cmanske: NOT TRUE! We would like to pay attention to mixed state in Format
  // | Align submenu!

  // This routine assumes that alignment is done ONLY via divs

  // Default alignment is left
  *aMixed = false;
  *aAlign = nsIHTMLEditor::eLeft;

  // Get selection
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(htmlEditor->GetSelection());
  OwningNonNull<Selection> selection = *htmlEditor->GetSelection();

  // Get selection location
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(htmlEditor->GetRoot(), NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
  OwningNonNull<Element> root = *htmlEditor->GetRoot();

  int32_t rootOffset = root->GetParentNode() ?
                       root->GetParentNode()->IndexOf(root) : -1;

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(selection->GetRangeAt(0) &&
                  selection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent());
  OwningNonNull<nsINode> parent = *selection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
  int32_t offset = selection->GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();

  // Is the selection collapsed?
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> nodeToExamine;
  if (selection->Collapsed() || parent->GetAsText()) {
    // If selection is collapsed, we want to look at 'parent' and its ancestors
    // for divs with alignment on them.  If we are in a text node, then that is
    // the node of interest.
    nodeToExamine = parent;
  } else if (parent->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::html) && offset == rootOffset) {
    // If we have selected the body, let's look at the first editable node
    nodeToExamine = htmlEditor->GetNextNode(parent, offset, true);
  } else {
    nsTArray<RefPtr<nsRange>> arrayOfRanges;
    GetPromotedRanges(selection, arrayOfRanges, EditAction::align);

    // Use these ranges to construct a list of nodes to act on.
    nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfNodes;
    nsresult rv = GetNodesForOperation(arrayOfRanges, arrayOfNodes,
                                       EditAction::align, TouchContent::no);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    nodeToExamine = arrayOfNodes.SafeElementAt(0);
  }

  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(nodeToExamine, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(typeAttrName, "align");
  nsCOMPtr<Element> blockParent = htmlEditor->GetBlock(*nodeToExamine);

  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(blockParent, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);

  if (htmlEditor->IsCSSEnabled() &&
      htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils->IsCSSEditableProperty(blockParent, nullptr,
                                                        &typeAttrName)) {
    // We are in CSS mode and we know how to align this element with CSS
    nsAutoString value;
    // Let's get the value(s) of text-align or margin-left/margin-right
    htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils->GetCSSEquivalentToHTMLInlineStyleSet(
        blockParent, nullptr, &typeAttrName, value, CSSEditUtils::eComputed);
    if (value.EqualsLiteral("center") ||
        value.EqualsLiteral("-moz-center") ||
        value.EqualsLiteral("auto auto")) {
      *aAlign = nsIHTMLEditor::eCenter;
      return NS_OK;
    }
    if (value.EqualsLiteral("right") ||
        value.EqualsLiteral("-moz-right") ||
        value.EqualsLiteral("auto 0px")) {
      *aAlign = nsIHTMLEditor::eRight;
      return NS_OK;
    }
    if (value.EqualsLiteral("justify")) {
      *aAlign = nsIHTMLEditor::eJustify;
      return NS_OK;
    }
    *aAlign = nsIHTMLEditor::eLeft;
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // Check up the ladder for divs with alignment
  bool isFirstNodeToExamine = true;
  for (; nodeToExamine; nodeToExamine = nodeToExamine->GetParentNode()) {
    if (!isFirstNodeToExamine &&
        nodeToExamine->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::table)) {
      // The node to examine is a table and this is not the first node we
      // examine; let's break here to materialize the 'inline-block' behaviour
      // of html tables regarding to text alignment
      return NS_OK;
    }
    if (HTMLEditUtils::SupportsAlignAttr(GetAsDOMNode(nodeToExamine))) {
      // Check for alignment
      nsAutoString typeAttrVal;
      nodeToExamine->AsElement()->GetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::align,
                                          typeAttrVal);
      ToLowerCase(typeAttrVal);
      if (!typeAttrVal.IsEmpty()) {
        if (typeAttrVal.EqualsLiteral("center")) {
          *aAlign = nsIHTMLEditor::eCenter;
        } else if (typeAttrVal.EqualsLiteral("right")) {
          *aAlign = nsIHTMLEditor::eRight;
        } else if (typeAttrVal.EqualsLiteral("justify")) {
          *aAlign = nsIHTMLEditor::eJustify;
        } else {
          *aAlign = nsIHTMLEditor::eLeft;
        }
        return NS_OK;
      }
    }
    isFirstNodeToExamine = false;
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

static nsIAtom& MarginPropertyAtomForIndent(CSSEditUtils& aHTMLCSSUtils,
                                            nsINode& aNode)
{
  nsAutoString direction;
  aHTMLCSSUtils.GetComputedProperty(aNode, *nsGkAtoms::direction, direction);
  return direction.EqualsLiteral("rtl") ?
    *nsGkAtoms::marginRight : *nsGkAtoms::marginLeft;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::GetIndentState(bool* aCanIndent,
                              bool* aCanOutdent)
{
  // XXX Looks like that this is implementation of
  //     nsIHTMLEditor::getIndentState() however nobody calls this method
  //     even with the interface method.
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aCanIndent && aCanOutdent, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
  *aCanIndent = true;
  *aCanOutdent = false;

  // get selection
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor && mHTMLEditor->GetSelection());
  OwningNonNull<Selection> selection = *mHTMLEditor->GetSelection();

  // contruct a list of nodes to act on.
  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfNodes;
  nsresult rv = GetNodesFromSelection(*selection, EditAction::indent,
                                      arrayOfNodes, TouchContent::no);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // examine nodes in selection for blockquotes or list elements;
  // these we can outdent.  Note that we return true for canOutdent
  // if *any* of the selection is outdentable, rather than all of it.
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  bool useCSS = mHTMLEditor->IsCSSEnabled();
  for (auto& curNode : Reversed(arrayOfNodes)) {
    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsNodeThatCanOutdent(GetAsDOMNode(curNode))) {
      *aCanOutdent = true;
      break;
    } else if (useCSS) {
      // we are in CSS mode, indentation is done using the margin-left (or margin-right) property
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsIAtom& marginProperty =
        MarginPropertyAtomForIndent(*mHTMLEditor->mCSSEditUtils, curNode);
      nsAutoString value;
      // retrieve its specified value
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      mHTMLEditor->mCSSEditUtils->GetSpecifiedProperty(*curNode,
                                                       marginProperty, value);
      float f;
      nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> unit;
      // get its number part and its unit
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      mHTMLEditor->mCSSEditUtils->ParseLength(value, &f, getter_AddRefs(unit));
      // if the number part is strictly positive, outdent is possible
      if (0 < f) {
        *aCanOutdent = true;
        break;
      }
    }
  }

  if (!*aCanOutdent) {
    // if we haven't found something to outdent yet, also check the parents
    // of selection endpoints.  We might have a blockquote or list item
    // in the parent hierarchy.

    // gather up info we need for test
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> parent, tmp, root = do_QueryInterface(mHTMLEditor->GetRoot());
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(root, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
    int32_t selOffset;
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    RefPtr<Selection> selection = mHTMLEditor->GetSelection();
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(selection, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

    // test start parent hierarchy
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    rv = mHTMLEditor->GetStartNodeAndOffset(selection, getter_AddRefs(parent),
                                            &selOffset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    while (parent && parent != root) {
      if (HTMLEditUtils::IsNodeThatCanOutdent(parent)) {
        *aCanOutdent = true;
        break;
      }
      tmp = parent;
      tmp->GetParentNode(getter_AddRefs(parent));
    }

    // test end parent hierarchy
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    rv = mHTMLEditor->GetEndNodeAndOffset(selection, getter_AddRefs(parent),
                                          &selOffset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    while (parent && parent != root) {
      if (HTMLEditUtils::IsNodeThatCanOutdent(parent)) {
        *aCanOutdent = true;
        break;
      }
      tmp = parent;
      tmp->GetParentNode(getter_AddRefs(parent));
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}


nsresult
HTMLEditRules::GetParagraphState(bool* aMixed,
                                 nsAString& outFormat)
{
  // This routine is *heavily* tied to our ui choices in the paragraph
  // style popup.  I can't see a way around that.
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aMixed, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
  *aMixed = true;
  outFormat.Truncate(0);

  bool bMixed = false;
  // using "x" as an uninitialized value, since "" is meaningful
  nsAutoString formatStr(NS_LITERAL_STRING("x"));

  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfNodes;
  nsresult rv = GetParagraphFormatNodes(arrayOfNodes, TouchContent::no);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // post process list.  We need to replace any block nodes that are not format
  // nodes with their content.  This is so we only have to look "up" the hierarchy
  // to find format nodes, instead of both up and down.
  for (int32_t i = arrayOfNodes.Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
    auto& curNode = arrayOfNodes[i];
    nsAutoString format;
    // if it is a known format node we have it easy
    if (IsBlockNode(curNode) && !HTMLEditUtils::IsFormatNode(curNode)) {
      // arrayOfNodes.RemoveObject(curNode);
      rv = AppendInnerFormatNodes(arrayOfNodes, curNode);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
  }

  // we might have an empty node list.  if so, find selection parent
  // and put that on the list
  if (arrayOfNodes.IsEmpty()) {
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selNode;
    int32_t selOffset;
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    RefPtr<Selection> selection = mHTMLEditor->GetSelection();
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(selection);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    rv = mHTMLEditor->GetStartNodeAndOffset(selection, getter_AddRefs(selNode),
                                            &selOffset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(selNode, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
    arrayOfNodes.AppendElement(*selNode);
  }

  // remember root node
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> rootElem = do_QueryInterface(mHTMLEditor->GetRoot());
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(rootElem, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  // loop through the nodes in selection and examine their paragraph format
  for (auto& curNode : Reversed(arrayOfNodes)) {
    nsAutoString format;
    // if it is a known format node we have it easy
    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsFormatNode(curNode)) {
      GetFormatString(GetAsDOMNode(curNode), format);
    } else if (IsBlockNode(curNode)) {
      // this is a div or some other non-format block.
      // we should ignore it.  Its children were appended to this list
      // by AppendInnerFormatNodes() call above.  We will get needed
      // info when we examine them instead.
      continue;
    } else {
      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node, tmp = GetAsDOMNode(curNode);
      tmp->GetParentNode(getter_AddRefs(node));
      while (node) {
        if (node == rootElem) {
          format.Truncate(0);
          break;
        } else if (HTMLEditUtils::IsFormatNode(node)) {
          GetFormatString(node, format);
          break;
        }
        // else keep looking up
        tmp = node;
        tmp->GetParentNode(getter_AddRefs(node));
      }
    }

    // if this is the first node, we've found, remember it as the format
    if (formatStr.EqualsLiteral("x")) {
      formatStr = format;
    }
    // else make sure it matches previously found format
    else if (format != formatStr) {
      bMixed = true;
      break;
    }
  }

  *aMixed = bMixed;
  outFormat = formatStr;
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::AppendInnerFormatNodes(nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& aArray,
                                      nsINode* aNode)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aNode);

  // we only need to place any one inline inside this node onto
  // the list.  They are all the same for purposes of determining
  // paragraph style.  We use foundInline to track this as we are
  // going through the children in the loop below.
  bool foundInline = false;
  for (nsIContent* child = aNode->GetFirstChild();
       child;
       child = child->GetNextSibling()) {
    bool isBlock = IsBlockNode(*child);
    bool isFormat = HTMLEditUtils::IsFormatNode(child);
    if (isBlock && !isFormat) {
      // if it's a div, etc., recurse
      AppendInnerFormatNodes(aArray, child);
    } else if (isFormat) {
      aArray.AppendElement(*child);
    } else if (!foundInline) {
      // if this is the first inline we've found, use it
      foundInline = true;
      aArray.AppendElement(*child);
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::GetFormatString(nsIDOMNode* aNode,
                               nsAString& outFormat)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aNode, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  if (HTMLEditUtils::IsFormatNode(aNode)) {
    nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> atom = EditorBase::GetTag(aNode);
    atom->ToString(outFormat);
  } else {
    outFormat.Truncate();
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

void
HTMLEditRules::WillInsert(Selection& aSelection,
                          bool* aCancel)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aCancel);

  TextEditRules::WillInsert(aSelection, aCancel);

  NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  // Adjust selection to prevent insertion after a moz-BR.  This next only
  // works for collapsed selections right now, because selection is a pain to
  // work with when not collapsed.  (no good way to extend start or end of
  // selection), so we ignore those types of selections.
  if (!aSelection.Collapsed()) {
    return;
  }

  // If we are after a mozBR in the same block, then move selection to be
  // before it
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(aSelection.GetRangeAt(0) &&
                      aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent());
  OwningNonNull<nsINode> selNode = *aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
  int32_t selOffset = aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();

  // Get prior node
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> priorNode = htmlEditor->GetPriorHTMLNode(selNode,
                                                                selOffset);
  if (priorNode && TextEditUtils::IsMozBR(priorNode)) {
    nsCOMPtr<Element> block1 = htmlEditor->GetBlock(selNode);
    nsCOMPtr<Element> block2 = htmlEditor->GetBlockNodeParent(priorNode);

    if (block1 && block1 == block2) {
      // If we are here then the selection is right after a mozBR that is in
      // the same block as the selection.  We need to move the selection start
      // to be before the mozBR.
      selNode = priorNode->GetParentNode();
      selOffset = selNode->IndexOf(priorNode);
      nsresult rv = aSelection.Collapse(selNode, selOffset);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
    }
  }

  if (mDidDeleteSelection &&
      (mTheAction == EditAction::insertText ||
       mTheAction == EditAction::insertIMEText ||
       mTheAction == EditAction::deleteSelection)) {
    nsresult rv = ReapplyCachedStyles();
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
  }
  // For most actions we want to clear the cached styles, but there are
  // exceptions
  if (!IsStyleCachePreservingAction(mTheAction)) {
    ClearCachedStyles();
  }
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillInsertText(EditAction aAction,
                              Selection* aSelection,
                              bool* aCancel,
                              bool* aHandled,
                              const nsAString* inString,
                              nsAString* outString,
                              int32_t aMaxLength)
{
  if (!aSelection || !aCancel || !aHandled) {
    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
  }

  if (inString->IsEmpty() && aAction != EditAction::insertIMEText) {
    // HACK: this is a fix for bug 19395
    // I can't outlaw all empty insertions
    // because IME transaction depend on them
    // There is more work to do to make the
    // world safe for IME.
    *aCancel = true;
    *aHandled = false;
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // initialize out param
  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = true;
  // If the selection isn't collapsed, delete it.  Don't delete existing inline
  // tags, because we're hopefully going to insert text (bug 787432).
  if (!aSelection->Collapsed()) {
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsresult rv =
      mHTMLEditor->DeleteSelection(nsIEditor::eNone, nsIEditor::eNoStrip);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }

  WillInsert(*aSelection, aCancel);
  // initialize out param
  // we want to ignore result of WillInsert()
  *aCancel = false;

  // we need to get the doc
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> doc = mHTMLEditor->GetDocument();
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(doc);

  // for every property that is set, insert a new inline style node
  nsresult rv = CreateStyleForInsertText(*aSelection, *doc);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // get the (collapsed) selection location
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(aSelection->GetRangeAt(0));
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selNode = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
  int32_t selOffset = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(selNode);

  // dont put text in places that can't have it
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  if (!mHTMLEditor->IsTextNode(selNode) &&
      (!mHTMLEditor || !mHTMLEditor->CanContainTag(*selNode,
                                                   *nsGkAtoms::textTagName))) {
    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
  }

  if (aAction == EditAction::insertIMEText) {
    // Right now the WSRunObject code bails on empty strings, but IME needs
    // the InsertTextImpl() call to still happen since empty strings are meaningful there.
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    // If there is one or more IME selections, its minimum offset should be
    // the insertion point.
    int32_t IMESelectionOffset =
      mHTMLEditor->GetIMESelectionStartOffsetIn(selNode);
    if (IMESelectionOffset >= 0) {
      selOffset = IMESelectionOffset;
    }
    if (inString->IsEmpty()) {
      rv = mHTMLEditor->InsertTextImpl(*inString, address_of(selNode),
                                       &selOffset, doc);
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
    } else {
      WSRunObject wsObj(mHTMLEditor, selNode, selOffset);
      rv = wsObj.InsertText(*inString, address_of(selNode), &selOffset, doc);
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
    }
  }
  // aAction == kInsertText
  else {
    // find where we are
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> curNode = selNode;
    int32_t curOffset = selOffset;

    // is our text going to be PREformatted?
    // We remember this so that we know how to handle tabs.
    bool isPRE;
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    rv = mHTMLEditor->IsPreformatted(GetAsDOMNode(selNode), &isPRE);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

    // turn off the edit listener: we know how to
    // build the "doc changed range" ourselves, and it's
    // must faster to do it once here than to track all
    // the changes one at a time.
    AutoLockListener lockit(&mListenerEnabled);

    // don't spaz my selection in subtransactions
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    AutoTransactionsConserveSelection dontSpazMySelection(mHTMLEditor);
    nsAutoString tString(*inString);
    const char16_t *unicodeBuf = tString.get();
    int32_t pos = 0;
    NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(newlineStr, LFSTR);

    // for efficiency, break out the pre case separately.  This is because
    // its a lot cheaper to search the input string for only newlines than
    // it is to search for both tabs and newlines.
    if (isPRE || IsPlaintextEditor()) {
      while (unicodeBuf && pos != -1 &&
             pos < static_cast<int32_t>(inString->Length())) {
        int32_t oldPos = pos;
        int32_t subStrLen;
        pos = tString.FindChar(nsCRT::LF, oldPos);

        if (pos != -1) {
          subStrLen = pos - oldPos;
          // if first char is newline, then use just it
          if (!subStrLen) {
            subStrLen = 1;
          }
        } else {
          subStrLen = tString.Length() - oldPos;
          pos = tString.Length();
        }

        nsDependentSubstring subStr(tString, oldPos, subStrLen);

        // is it a return?
        if (subStr.Equals(newlineStr)) {
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          nsCOMPtr<Element> br =
            mHTMLEditor->CreateBRImpl(address_of(curNode), &curOffset,
                                      nsIEditor::eNone);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(br);
          pos++;
        } else {
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          rv = mHTMLEditor->InsertTextImpl(subStr, address_of(curNode),
                                           &curOffset, doc);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        }
      }
    } else {
      NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(tabStr, "\t");
      NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(spacesStr, "    ");
      char specialChars[] = {TAB, nsCRT::LF, 0};
      while (unicodeBuf && pos != -1 &&
             pos < static_cast<int32_t>(inString->Length())) {
        int32_t oldPos = pos;
        int32_t subStrLen;
        pos = tString.FindCharInSet(specialChars, oldPos);

        if (pos != -1) {
          subStrLen = pos - oldPos;
          // if first char is newline, then use just it
          if (!subStrLen) {
            subStrLen = 1;
          }
        } else {
          subStrLen = tString.Length() - oldPos;
          pos = tString.Length();
        }

        nsDependentSubstring subStr(tString, oldPos, subStrLen);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        WSRunObject wsObj(mHTMLEditor, curNode, curOffset);

        // is it a tab?
        if (subStr.Equals(tabStr)) {
          rv =
            wsObj.InsertText(spacesStr, address_of(curNode), &curOffset, doc);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          pos++;
        }
        // is it a return?
        else if (subStr.Equals(newlineStr)) {
          nsCOMPtr<Element> br = wsObj.InsertBreak(address_of(curNode),
                                                   &curOffset,
                                                   nsIEditor::eNone);
          NS_ENSURE_TRUE(br, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
          pos++;
        } else {
          rv = wsObj.InsertText(subStr, address_of(curNode), &curOffset, doc);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        }
      }
    }
    aSelection->SetInterlinePosition(false);
    if (curNode) aSelection->Collapse(curNode, curOffset);
    // manually update the doc changed range so that AfterEdit will clean up
    // the correct portion of the document.
    if (!mDocChangeRange) {
      mDocChangeRange = new nsRange(selNode);
    }

    if (curNode) {
      rv = mDocChangeRange->SetStartAndEnd(selNode, selOffset,
                                           curNode, curOffset);
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
    } else {
      rv = mDocChangeRange->CollapseTo(selNode, selOffset);
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillLoadHTML(Selection* aSelection,
                            bool* aCancel)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aSelection && aCancel, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  *aCancel = false;

  // Delete mBogusNode if it exists. If we really need one,
  // it will be added during post-processing in AfterEditInner().

  if (mBogusNode) {
    mTextEditor->DeleteNode(mBogusNode);
    mBogusNode = nullptr;
  }

  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillInsertBreak(Selection& aSelection,
                               bool* aCancel,
                               bool* aHandled)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aCancel && aHandled);
  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = false;

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  // If the selection isn't collapsed, delete it.
  if (!aSelection.Collapsed()) {
    nsresult rv =
      htmlEditor->DeleteSelection(nsIEditor::eNone, nsIEditor::eStrip);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }

  WillInsert(aSelection, aCancel);

  // Initialize out param.  We want to ignore result of WillInsert().
  *aCancel = false;

  // Split any mailcites in the way.  Should we abort this if we encounter
  // table cell boundaries?
  if (IsMailEditor()) {
    nsresult rv = SplitMailCites(&aSelection, aHandled);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    if (*aHandled) {
      return NS_OK;
    }
  }

  // Smart splitting rules
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aSelection.GetRangeAt(0) &&
                 aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent(),
                 NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
  OwningNonNull<nsINode> node = *aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
  int32_t offset = aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();

  // Do nothing if the node is read-only
  if (!htmlEditor->IsModifiableNode(node)) {
    *aCancel = true;
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // Identify the block
  nsCOMPtr<Element> blockParent = htmlEditor->GetBlock(node);
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(blockParent, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);

  // If the active editing host is an inline element, or if the active editing
  // host is the block parent itself, just append a br.
  nsCOMPtr<Element> host = htmlEditor->GetActiveEditingHost();
  if (!EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(blockParent, host)) {
    nsresult rv = StandardBreakImpl(node, offset, aSelection);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    *aHandled = true;
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // If block is empty, populate with br.  (For example, imagine a div that
  // contains the word "text".  The user selects "text" and types return.
  // "Text" is deleted leaving an empty block.  We want to put in one br to
  // make block have a line.  Then code further below will put in a second br.)
  bool isEmpty;
  IsEmptyBlock(*blockParent, &isEmpty);
  if (isEmpty) {
    nsCOMPtr<Element> br = htmlEditor->CreateBR(blockParent,
                                                blockParent->Length());
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(br);
  }

  nsCOMPtr<Element> listItem = IsInListItem(blockParent);
  if (listItem && listItem != host) {
    ReturnInListItem(aSelection, *listItem, node, offset);
    *aHandled = true;
    return NS_OK;
  } else if (HTMLEditUtils::IsHeader(*blockParent)) {
    // Headers: close (or split) header
    ReturnInHeader(aSelection, *blockParent, node, offset);
    *aHandled = true;
    return NS_OK;
  } else if (blockParent->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::p)) {
    // Paragraphs: special rules to look for <br>s
    nsresult rv =
      ReturnInParagraph(&aSelection, GetAsDOMNode(blockParent),
                        GetAsDOMNode(node), offset, aCancel, aHandled);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    // Fall through, we may not have handled it in ReturnInParagraph()
  }

  // If not already handled then do the standard thing
  if (!(*aHandled)) {
    *aHandled = true;
    return StandardBreakImpl(node, offset, aSelection);
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::StandardBreakImpl(nsINode& aNode,
                                 int32_t aOffset,
                                 Selection& aSelection)
{
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  nsCOMPtr<Element> brNode;
  bool bAfterBlock = false;
  bool bBeforeBlock = false;
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node = &aNode;

  if (IsPlaintextEditor()) {
    brNode = htmlEditor->CreateBR(node, aOffset);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(brNode);
  } else {
    WSRunObject wsObj(htmlEditor, node, aOffset);
    int32_t visOffset = 0;
    WSType wsType;
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> visNode;
    wsObj.PriorVisibleNode(node, aOffset, address_of(visNode),
                           &visOffset, &wsType);
    if (wsType & WSType::block) {
      bAfterBlock = true;
    }
    wsObj.NextVisibleNode(node, aOffset, address_of(visNode),
                          &visOffset, &wsType);
    if (wsType & WSType::block) {
      bBeforeBlock = true;
    }
    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> linkDOMNode;
    if (htmlEditor->IsInLink(GetAsDOMNode(node), address_of(linkDOMNode))) {
      // Split the link
      nsCOMPtr<Element> linkNode = do_QueryInterface(linkDOMNode);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(linkNode || !linkDOMNode);
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> linkParent = linkNode->GetParentNode();
      aOffset = htmlEditor->SplitNodeDeep(*linkNode, *node->AsContent(),
                                          aOffset,
                                          HTMLEditor::EmptyContainers::no);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(aOffset != -1);
      node = linkParent;
    }
    brNode = wsObj.InsertBreak(address_of(node), &aOffset, nsIEditor::eNone);
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(brNode, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
  }
  node = brNode->GetParentNode();
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(node, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
  int32_t offset = node->IndexOf(brNode);
  if (bAfterBlock && bBeforeBlock) {
    // We just placed a br between block boundaries.  This is the one case
    // where we want the selection to be before the br we just placed, as the
    // br will be on a new line, rather than at end of prior line.
    aSelection.SetInterlinePosition(true);
    nsresult rv = aSelection.Collapse(node, offset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  } else {
    WSRunObject wsObj(htmlEditor, node, offset + 1);
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> secondBR;
    int32_t visOffset = 0;
    WSType wsType;
    wsObj.NextVisibleNode(node, offset + 1, address_of(secondBR),
                          &visOffset, &wsType);
    if (wsType == WSType::br) {
      // The next thing after the break we inserted is another break.  Move the
      // second break to be the first break's sibling.  This will prevent them
      // from being in different inline nodes, which would break
      // SetInterlinePosition().  It will also assure that if the user clicks
      // away and then clicks back on their new blank line, they will still get
      // the style from the line above.
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> brParent = secondBR->GetParentNode();
      int32_t brOffset = brParent ? brParent->IndexOf(secondBR) : -1;
      if (brParent != node || brOffset != offset + 1) {
        nsresult rv =
          htmlEditor->MoveNode(secondBR->AsContent(), node, offset + 1);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
    }
    // SetInterlinePosition(true) means we want the caret to stick to the
    // content on the "right".  We want the caret to stick to whatever is past
    // the break.  This is because the break is on the same line we were on,
    // but the next content will be on the following line.

    // An exception to this is if the break has a next sibling that is a block
    // node.  Then we stick to the left to avoid an uber caret.
    nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> siblingNode = brNode->GetNextSibling();
    if (siblingNode && IsBlockNode(*siblingNode)) {
      aSelection.SetInterlinePosition(false);
    } else {
      aSelection.SetInterlinePosition(true);
    }
    nsresult rv = aSelection.Collapse(node, offset + 1);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::DidInsertBreak(Selection* aSelection,
                              nsresult aResult)
{
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::SplitMailCites(Selection* aSelection,
                              bool* aHandled)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aSelection && aHandled, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> leftCite, rightCite;
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selNode;
  nsCOMPtr<Element> citeNode;
  int32_t selOffset;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsresult rv =
    mHTMLEditor->GetStartNodeAndOffset(aSelection, getter_AddRefs(selNode),
                                       &selOffset);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  citeNode = GetTopEnclosingMailCite(*selNode);
  if (citeNode) {
    // If our selection is just before a break, nudge it to be
    // just after it.  This does two things for us.  It saves us the trouble of having to add
    // a break here ourselves to preserve the "blockness" of the inline span mailquote
    // (in the inline case), and :
    // it means the break won't end up making an empty line that happens to be inside a
    // mailquote (in either inline or block case).
    // The latter can confuse a user if they click there and start typing,
    // because being in the mailquote may affect wrapping behavior, or font color, etc.
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    WSRunObject wsObj(mHTMLEditor, selNode, selOffset);
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> visNode;
    int32_t visOffset=0;
    WSType wsType;
    wsObj.NextVisibleNode(selNode, selOffset, address_of(visNode),
                          &visOffset, &wsType);
    if (wsType == WSType::br) {
      // ok, we are just before a break.  is it inside the mailquote?
      if (visNode != citeNode && citeNode->Contains(visNode)) {
        // it is.  so lets reset our selection to be just after it.
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        selNode = mHTMLEditor->GetNodeLocation(visNode, &selOffset);
        ++selOffset;
      }
    }

    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(selNode->IsContent());
    int32_t newOffset = mHTMLEditor->SplitNodeDeep(*citeNode,
        *selNode->AsContent(), selOffset, HTMLEditor::EmptyContainers::no,
        getter_AddRefs(leftCite), getter_AddRefs(rightCite));
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(newOffset != -1);

    // Add an invisible <br> to the end of the left part if it was a <span> of
    // style="display: block". This is important, since when serialising the
    // cite to plain text, the span which caused the visual break is discarded.
    // So the added <br> will guarantee that the serialiser will insert a
    // break where the user saw one.
    if (leftCite &&
        leftCite->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::span) &&
        leftCite->GetPrimaryFrame()->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eBlockFrame)) {
       nsCOMPtr<nsINode> lastChild = leftCite->GetLastChild();
       if (lastChild && !lastChild->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::br)) {
         // We ignore the result here.
         nsCOMPtr<Element> invisBR =
           mHTMLEditor->CreateBR(leftCite, leftCite->Length());
      }
    }

    selNode = citeNode->GetParentNode();
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsCOMPtr<Element> brNode = mHTMLEditor->CreateBR(selNode, newOffset);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(brNode);

    // want selection before the break, and on same line
    aSelection->SetInterlinePosition(true);
    rv = aSelection->Collapse(selNode, newOffset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

    // if citeNode wasn't a block, we might also want another break before it.
    // We need to examine the content both before the br we just added and also
    // just after it.  If we don't have another br or block boundary adjacent,
    // then we will need a 2nd br added to achieve blank line that user expects.
    if (IsInlineNode(*citeNode)) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      WSRunObject wsObj(mHTMLEditor, selNode, newOffset);
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> visNode;
      int32_t visOffset=0;
      WSType wsType;
      wsObj.PriorVisibleNode(selNode, newOffset, address_of(visNode),
                             &visOffset, &wsType);
      if (wsType == WSType::normalWS || wsType == WSType::text ||
          wsType == WSType::special) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        WSRunObject wsObjAfterBR(mHTMLEditor, selNode, newOffset+1);
        wsObjAfterBR.NextVisibleNode(selNode, newOffset + 1,
                                     address_of(visNode), &visOffset, &wsType);
        if (wsType == WSType::normalWS || wsType == WSType::text ||
            wsType == WSType::special ||
            // In case we're at the very end.
            wsType == WSType::thisBlock) {
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          brNode = mHTMLEditor->CreateBR(selNode, newOffset);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(brNode);
        }
      }
    }

    // delete any empty cites
    bool bEmptyCite = false;
    if (leftCite) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->IsEmptyNode(leftCite, &bEmptyCite, true, false);
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
      if (bEmptyCite) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(leftCite);
        if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
          return rv;
        }
      }
    }

    if (rightCite) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->IsEmptyNode(rightCite, &bEmptyCite, true, false);
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
      if (bEmptyCite) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(rightCite);
        if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
          return rv;
        }
      }
    }
    *aHandled = true;
  }
  return NS_OK;
}


nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillDeleteSelection(Selection* aSelection,
                                   nsIEditor::EDirection aAction,
                                   nsIEditor::EStripWrappers aStripWrappers,
                                   bool* aCancel,
                                   bool* aHandled)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aStripWrappers == nsIEditor::eStrip ||
             aStripWrappers == nsIEditor::eNoStrip);

  if (!aSelection || !aCancel || !aHandled) {
    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
  }
  // Initialize out params
  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = false;

  // Remember that we did a selection deletion.  Used by CreateStyleForInsertText()
  mDidDeleteSelection = true;

  // If there is only bogus content, cancel the operation
  if (mBogusNode) {
    *aCancel = true;
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // First check for table selection mode.  If so, hand off to table editor.
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> cell;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsresult rv =
    mHTMLEditor->GetFirstSelectedCell(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(cell));
  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cell) {
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteTableCellContents();
    *aHandled = true;
    return rv;
  }
  cell = nullptr;

  // origCollapsed is used later to determine whether we should join blocks. We
  // don't really care about bCollapsed because it will be modified by
  // ExtendSelectionForDelete later. TryToJoinBlocks() should happen if the
  // original selection is collapsed and the cursor is at the end of a block
  // element, in which case ExtendSelectionForDelete would always make the
  // selection not collapsed.
  bool bCollapsed = aSelection->Collapsed();
  bool join = false;
  bool origCollapsed = bCollapsed;

  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selNode;
  int32_t selOffset;

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(aSelection->GetRangeAt(0));
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> startNode = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
  int32_t startOffset = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(startNode, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);

  if (bCollapsed) {
    // If we are inside an empty block, delete it.
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsCOMPtr<Element> host = mHTMLEditor->GetActiveEditingHost();
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(host, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
    rv = CheckForEmptyBlock(startNode, host, aSelection, aAction, aHandled);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    if (*aHandled) {
      return NS_OK;
    }

    // Test for distance between caret and text that will be deleted
    rv = CheckBidiLevelForDeletion(aSelection, GetAsDOMNode(startNode),
                                   startOffset, aAction, aCancel);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    if (*aCancel) {
      return NS_OK;
    }

    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    rv = mHTMLEditor->ExtendSelectionForDelete(aSelection, &aAction);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

    // We should delete nothing.
    if (aAction == nsIEditor::eNone) {
      return NS_OK;
    }

    // ExtendSelectionForDelete() may have changed the selection, update it
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(aSelection->GetRangeAt(0));
    startNode = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
    startOffset = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(startNode, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);

    bCollapsed = aSelection->Collapsed();
  }

  if (bCollapsed) {
    // What's in the direction we are deleting?
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    WSRunObject wsObj(mHTMLEditor, startNode, startOffset);
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> visNode;
    int32_t visOffset;
    WSType wsType;

    // Find next visible node
    if (aAction == nsIEditor::eNext) {
      wsObj.NextVisibleNode(startNode, startOffset, address_of(visNode),
                            &visOffset, &wsType);
    } else {
      wsObj.PriorVisibleNode(startNode, startOffset, address_of(visNode),
                             &visOffset, &wsType);
    }

    if (!visNode) {
      // Can't find anything to delete!
      *aCancel = true;
      // XXX This is the result of mHTMLEditor->GetFirstSelectedCell().
      //     The value could be both an error and NS_OK.
      return rv;
    }

    if (wsType == WSType::normalWS) {
      // We found some visible ws to delete.  Let ws code handle it.
      *aHandled = true;
      if (aAction == nsIEditor::eNext) {
        rv = wsObj.DeleteWSForward();
        if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
          return rv;
        }
      } else {
        rv = wsObj.DeleteWSBackward();
        if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
          return rv;
        }
      }
      return InsertBRIfNeeded(aSelection);
    }

    if (wsType == WSType::text) {
      // Found normal text to delete.
      OwningNonNull<Text> nodeAsText = *visNode->GetAsText();
      int32_t so = visOffset;
      int32_t eo = visOffset + 1;
      if (aAction == nsIEditor::ePrevious) {
        if (!so) {
          return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
        }
        so--;
        eo--;
        // Bug 1068979: delete both codepoints if surrogate pair
        if (so > 0) {
          const nsTextFragment *text = nodeAsText->GetText();
          if (NS_IS_LOW_SURROGATE(text->CharAt(so)) &&
              NS_IS_HIGH_SURROGATE(text->CharAt(so - 1))) {
            so--;
          }
        }
      } else {
        RefPtr<nsRange> range = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(range);

        NS_ASSERTION(range->GetStartParent() == visNode,
                     "selection start not in visNode");
        NS_ASSERTION(range->GetEndParent() == visNode,
                     "selection end not in visNode");

        so = range->StartOffset();
        eo = range->EndOffset();
      }
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = WSRunObject::PrepareToDeleteRange(mHTMLEditor, address_of(visNode),
                                             &so, address_of(visNode), &eo);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      *aHandled = true;
      rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteText(nodeAsText, std::min(so, eo),
                                   DeprecatedAbs(eo - so));
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

      // XXX When Backspace key is pressed, Chromium removes following empty
      //     text nodes when removing the last character of the non-empty text
      //     node.  However, Edge never removes empty text nodes even if
      //     selection is in the following empty text node(s).  For now, we
      //     should keep our traditional behavior same as Edge for backward
      //     compatibility.
      // XXX When Delete key is pressed, Edge removes all preceding empty
      //     text nodes when removing the first character of the non-empty
      //     text node.  Chromium removes only selected empty text node and
      //     following empty text nodes and the first character of the
      //     non-empty text node.  For now, we should keep our traditional
      //     behavior same as Chromium for backward compatibility.

      DeleteNodeIfCollapsedText(nodeAsText);

      rv = InsertBRIfNeeded(aSelection);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

      // Remember that we did a ranged delete for the benefit of
      // AfterEditInner().
      mDidRangedDelete = true;

      return NS_OK;
    }

    if (wsType == WSType::special || wsType == WSType::br ||
        visNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::hr)) {
      // Short circuit for invisible breaks.  delete them and recurse.
      if (visNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::br) &&
          (!mHTMLEditor || !mHTMLEditor->IsVisBreak(visNode))) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(visNode);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        return WillDeleteSelection(aSelection, aAction, aStripWrappers,
                                   aCancel, aHandled);
      }

      // Special handling for backspace when positioned after <hr>
      if (aAction == nsIEditor::ePrevious &&
          visNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::hr)) {
        // Only if the caret is positioned at the end-of-hr-line position, we
        // want to delete the <hr>.
        //
        // In other words, we only want to delete, if our selection position
        // (indicated by startNode and startOffset) is the position directly
        // after the <hr>, on the same line as the <hr>.
        //
        // To detect this case we check:
        // startNode == parentOfVisNode
        // and
        // startOffset -1 == visNodeOffsetToVisNodeParent
        // and
        // interline position is false (left)
        //
        // In any other case we set the position to startnode -1 and
        // interlineposition to false, only moving the caret to the
        // end-of-hr-line position.
        bool moveOnly = true;

        selNode = visNode->GetParentNode();
        selOffset = selNode ? selNode->IndexOf(visNode) : -1;

        bool interLineIsRight;
        rv = aSelection->GetInterlinePosition(&interLineIsRight);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

        if (startNode == selNode && startOffset - 1 == selOffset &&
            !interLineIsRight) {
          moveOnly = false;
        }

        if (moveOnly) {
          // Go to the position after the <hr>, but to the end of the <hr> line
          // by setting the interline position to left.
          ++selOffset;
          aSelection->Collapse(selNode, selOffset);
          aSelection->SetInterlinePosition(false);
          mDidExplicitlySetInterline = true;
          *aHandled = true;

          // There is one exception to the move only case.  If the <hr> is
          // followed by a <br> we want to delete the <br>.

          WSType otherWSType;
          nsCOMPtr<nsINode> otherNode;
          int32_t otherOffset;

          wsObj.NextVisibleNode(startNode, startOffset, address_of(otherNode),
                                &otherOffset, &otherWSType);

          if (otherWSType == WSType::br) {
            // Delete the <br>

            NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
            nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> otherContent(do_QueryInterface(otherNode));
            rv = WSRunObject::PrepareToDeleteNode(mHTMLEditor, otherContent);
            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
            NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
            rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(otherNode);
            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          }

          return NS_OK;
        }
        // Else continue with normal delete code
      }

      // Found break or image, or hr.
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(visNode->IsContent());
      rv = WSRunObject::PrepareToDeleteNode(mHTMLEditor, visNode->AsContent());
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      // Remember sibling to visnode, if any
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> sibling = mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLSibling(visNode);
      // Delete the node, and join like nodes if appropriate
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(visNode);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      // We did something, so let's say so.
      *aHandled = true;
      // Is there a prior node and are they siblings?
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> stepbrother;
      if (sibling) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        stepbrother = mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLSibling(sibling);
      }
      // Are they both text nodes?  If so, join them!
      if (startNode == stepbrother && startNode->GetAsText() &&
          sibling->GetAsText()) {
        EditorDOMPoint pt = JoinNodesSmart(*sibling, *startNode->AsContent());
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(pt.node);
        // Fix up selection
        rv = aSelection->Collapse(pt.node, pt.offset);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
      rv = InsertBRIfNeeded(aSelection);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      return NS_OK;
    }

    if (wsType == WSType::otherBlock) {
      // Make sure it's not a table element.  If so, cancel the operation
      // (translation: users cannot backspace or delete across table cells)
      if (HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(visNode)) {
        *aCancel = true;
        return NS_OK;
      }

      // Next to a block.  See if we are between a block and a br.  If so, we
      // really want to delete the br.  Else join content at selection to the
      // block.
      bool bDeletedBR = false;
      WSType otherWSType;
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> otherNode;
      int32_t otherOffset;

      // Find node in other direction
      if (aAction == nsIEditor::eNext) {
        wsObj.PriorVisibleNode(startNode, startOffset, address_of(otherNode),
                               &otherOffset, &otherWSType);
      } else {
        wsObj.NextVisibleNode(startNode, startOffset, address_of(otherNode),
                              &otherOffset, &otherWSType);
      }

      // First find the adjacent node in the block
      nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> leafNode;
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> leftNode, rightNode;
      if (aAction == nsIEditor::ePrevious) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        leafNode = mHTMLEditor->GetLastEditableLeaf(*visNode);
        leftNode = leafNode;
        rightNode = startNode;
      } else {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        leafNode = mHTMLEditor->GetFirstEditableLeaf(*visNode);
        leftNode = startNode;
        rightNode = leafNode;
      }

      if (otherNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::br)) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(otherNode);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        // XXX Only in this case, setting "handled" to true only when it
        //     succeeds?
        *aHandled = true;
        bDeletedBR = true;
      }

      // Don't cross table boundaries
      if (leftNode && rightNode &&
          InDifferentTableElements(leftNode, rightNode)) {
        return NS_OK;
      }

      if (bDeletedBR) {
        // Put selection at edge of block and we are done.
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(leafNode);
        EditorDOMPoint newSel = GetGoodSelPointForNode(*leafNode, aAction);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(newSel.node);
        aSelection->Collapse(newSel.node, newSel.offset);
        return NS_OK;
      }

      // Else we are joining content to block

      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selPointNode = startNode;
      int32_t selPointOffset = startOffset;
      {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        AutoTrackDOMPoint tracker(mHTMLEditor->mRangeUpdater,
                                  address_of(selPointNode), &selPointOffset);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(leftNode && leftNode->IsContent() &&
                        rightNode && rightNode->IsContent());
        bool handled = false, canceled = false;
        rv = TryToJoinBlocks(*leftNode->AsContent(), *rightNode->AsContent(),
                             &canceled, &handled);
        // TODO: If it does nothing and previous or next node is a text node,
        //       we should modify it.
        *aHandled = true;
        *aCancel |= canceled;
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
      aSelection->Collapse(selPointNode, selPointOffset);
      return NS_OK;
    }

    if (wsType == WSType::thisBlock) {
      // At edge of our block.  Look beside it and see if we can join to an
      // adjacent block

      // Make sure it's not a table element.  If so, cancel the operation
      // (translation: users cannot backspace or delete across table cells)
      if (HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(visNode)) {
        *aCancel = true;
        return NS_OK;
      }

      // First find the relevant nodes
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> leftNode, rightNode;
      if (aAction == nsIEditor::ePrevious) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        leftNode = mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLNode(visNode);
        rightNode = startNode;
      } else {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rightNode = mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(visNode);
        leftNode = startNode;
      }

      // Nothing to join
      if (!leftNode || !rightNode) {
        *aCancel = true;
        return NS_OK;
      }

      // Don't cross table boundaries -- cancel it
      if (InDifferentTableElements(leftNode, rightNode)) {
        *aCancel = true;
        return NS_OK;
      }

      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selPointNode = startNode;
      int32_t selPointOffset = startOffset;
      {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        AutoTrackDOMPoint tracker(mHTMLEditor->mRangeUpdater,
                                  address_of(selPointNode), &selPointOffset);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(leftNode->IsContent() && rightNode->IsContent());
        bool handled = false, canceled = false;
        rv = TryToJoinBlocks(*leftNode->AsContent(), *rightNode->AsContent(),
                             &canceled, &handled);
        // This should claim that trying to join the block means that
        // this handles the action because the caller shouldn't do anything
        // anymore in this case.
        *aHandled = true;
        *aCancel |= canceled;
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
      aSelection->Collapse(selPointNode, selPointOffset);
      return NS_OK;
    }
  }


  // Else we have a non-collapsed selection.  First adjust the selection.
  rv = ExpandSelectionForDeletion(*aSelection);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // Remember that we did a ranged delete for the benefit of AfterEditInner().
  mDidRangedDelete = true;

  // Refresh start and end points
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(aSelection->GetRangeAt(0));
  startNode = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
  startOffset = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(startNode, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> endNode = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetEndParent();
  int32_t endOffset = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->EndOffset();
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(endNode, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);

  // Figure out if the endpoints are in nodes that can be merged.  Adjust
  // surrounding whitespace in preparation to delete selection.
  if (!IsPlaintextEditor()) {
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    AutoTransactionsConserveSelection dontSpazMySelection(mHTMLEditor);
    rv = WSRunObject::PrepareToDeleteRange(mHTMLEditor,
                                           address_of(startNode), &startOffset,
                                           address_of(endNode), &endOffset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }

  {
    // Track location of where we are deleting
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    AutoTrackDOMPoint startTracker(mHTMLEditor->mRangeUpdater,
                                   address_of(startNode), &startOffset);
    AutoTrackDOMPoint endTracker(mHTMLEditor->mRangeUpdater,
                                 address_of(endNode), &endOffset);
    // We are handling all ranged deletions directly now.
    *aHandled = true;

    if (endNode == startNode) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteSelectionImpl(aAction, aStripWrappers);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    } else {
      // Figure out mailcite ancestors
      nsCOMPtr<Element> startCiteNode = GetTopEnclosingMailCite(*startNode);
      nsCOMPtr<Element> endCiteNode = GetTopEnclosingMailCite(*endNode);

      // If we only have a mailcite at one of the two endpoints, set the
      // directionality of the deletion so that the selection will end up
      // outside the mailcite.
      if (startCiteNode && !endCiteNode) {
        aAction = nsIEditor::eNext;
      } else if (!startCiteNode && endCiteNode) {
        aAction = nsIEditor::ePrevious;
      }

      // Figure out block parents
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsCOMPtr<Element> leftParent = mHTMLEditor->GetBlock(*startNode);
      nsCOMPtr<Element> rightParent = mHTMLEditor->GetBlock(*endNode);

      // Are endpoint block parents the same?  Use default deletion
      if (leftParent && leftParent == rightParent) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        mHTMLEditor->DeleteSelectionImpl(aAction, aStripWrappers);
      } else {
        // Deleting across blocks.  Are the blocks of same type?
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(leftParent && rightParent);

        // Are the blocks siblings?
        nsCOMPtr<nsINode> leftBlockParent = leftParent->GetParentNode();
        nsCOMPtr<nsINode> rightBlockParent = rightParent->GetParentNode();

        // MOOSE: this could conceivably screw up a table.. fix me.
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        if (leftBlockParent == rightBlockParent &&
            mHTMLEditor->NodesSameType(GetAsDOMNode(leftParent),
                                       GetAsDOMNode(rightParent)) &&
            // XXX What's special about these three types of block?
            (leftParent->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::p) ||
             HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(leftParent) ||
             HTMLEditUtils::IsHeader(*leftParent))) {
          // First delete the selection
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteSelectionImpl(aAction, aStripWrappers);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          // Join blocks
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          EditorDOMPoint pt =
            mHTMLEditor->JoinNodeDeep(*leftParent, *rightParent);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(pt.node);
          // Fix up selection
          rv = aSelection->Collapse(pt.node, pt.offset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          return NS_OK;
        }

        // Else blocks not same type, or not siblings.  Delete everything
        // except table elements.
        join = true;

        uint32_t rangeCount = aSelection->RangeCount();
        for (uint32_t rangeIdx = 0; rangeIdx < rangeCount; ++rangeIdx) {
          OwningNonNull<nsRange> range = *aSelection->GetRangeAt(rangeIdx);

          // Build a list of nodes in the range
          nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfNodes;
          TrivialFunctor functor;
          DOMSubtreeIterator iter;
          nsresult rv = iter.Init(*range);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          iter.AppendList(functor, arrayOfNodes);

          // Now that we have the list, delete non-table elements
          int32_t listCount = arrayOfNodes.Length();
          for (int32_t j = 0; j < listCount; j++) {
            nsCOMPtr<nsINode> somenode = do_QueryInterface(arrayOfNodes[0]);
            NS_ENSURE_STATE(somenode);
            DeleteNonTableElements(somenode);
            arrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(0);
            // If something visible is deleted, no need to join.  Visible means
            // all nodes except non-visible textnodes and breaks.
            if (join && origCollapsed) {
              if (!somenode->IsContent()) {
                join = false;
                continue;
              }
              nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content = somenode->AsContent();
              if (content->NodeType() == nsIDOMNode::TEXT_NODE) {
                NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
                mHTMLEditor->IsVisTextNode(content, &join, true);
              } else {
                NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
                join = content->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::br) &&
                       !mHTMLEditor->IsVisBreak(somenode);
              }
            }
          }
        }

        // Check endpoints for possible text deletion.  We can assume that if
        // text node is found, we can delete to end or to begining as
        // appropriate, since the case where both sel endpoints in same text
        // node was already handled (we wouldn't be here)
        if (startNode->GetAsText() &&
            startNode->Length() > static_cast<uint32_t>(startOffset)) {
          // Delete to last character
          OwningNonNull<nsGenericDOMDataNode> dataNode =
            *static_cast<nsGenericDOMDataNode*>(startNode.get());
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteText(dataNode, startOffset,
                                       startNode->Length() - startOffset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        }
        if (endNode->GetAsText() && endOffset) {
          // Delete to first character
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          OwningNonNull<nsGenericDOMDataNode> dataNode =
            *static_cast<nsGenericDOMDataNode*>(endNode.get());
          rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteText(dataNode, 0, endOffset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        }

        if (join) {
          bool handled = false, canceled = false;
          rv = TryToJoinBlocks(*leftParent, *rightParent, &canceled, &handled);
          MOZ_ASSERT(*aHandled);
          *aCancel |= canceled;
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  // We might have left only collapsed whitespace in the start/end nodes
  {
    AutoTrackDOMPoint startTracker(mHTMLEditor->mRangeUpdater,
                                   address_of(startNode), &startOffset);
    AutoTrackDOMPoint endTracker(mHTMLEditor->mRangeUpdater,
                                 address_of(endNode), &endOffset);

    DeleteNodeIfCollapsedText(*startNode);
    DeleteNodeIfCollapsedText(*endNode);
  }

  // If we're joining blocks: if deleting forward the selection should be
  // collapsed to the end of the selection, if deleting backward the selection
  // should be collapsed to the beginning of the selection. But if we're not
  // joining then the selection should collapse to the beginning of the
  // selection if we'redeleting forward, because the end of the selection will
  // still be in the next block. And same thing for deleting backwards
  // (selection should collapse to the end, because the beginning will still be
  // in the first block). See Bug 507936
  if (aAction == (join ? nsIEditor::eNext : nsIEditor::ePrevious)) {
    rv = aSelection->Collapse(endNode, endOffset);
    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
      return rv;
    }
  } else {
    rv = aSelection->Collapse(startNode, startOffset);
    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
      return rv;
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * If aNode is a text node that contains only collapsed whitespace, delete it.
 * It doesn't serve any useful purpose, and we don't want it to confuse code
 * that doesn't correctly skip over it.
 *
 * If deleting the node fails (like if it's not editable), the caller should
 * proceed as usual, so don't return any errors.
 */
void
HTMLEditRules::DeleteNodeIfCollapsedText(nsINode& aNode)
{
  if (!aNode.GetAsText()) {
    return;
  }
  bool empty;
  nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->IsVisTextNode(aNode.AsContent(), &empty, false);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS_VOID(rv);
  if (empty) {
    mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(&aNode);
  }
}


/**
 * InsertBRIfNeeded() determines if a br is needed for current selection to not
 * be spastic.  If so, it inserts one.  Callers responsibility to only call
 * with collapsed selection.
 *
 * @param aSelection        The collapsed selection.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::InsertBRIfNeeded(Selection* aSelection)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aSelection, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  // get selection
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node;
  int32_t offset;
  nsresult rv =
    mTextEditor->GetStartNodeAndOffset(aSelection,
                                       getter_AddRefs(node), &offset);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(node, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);

  // inline elements don't need any br
  if (!IsBlockNode(*node)) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // examine selection
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  WSRunObject wsObj(mHTMLEditor, node, offset);
  if (((wsObj.mStartReason & WSType::block) ||
       (wsObj.mStartReason & WSType::br)) &&
      (wsObj.mEndReason & WSType::block)) {
    // if we are tucked between block boundaries then insert a br
    // first check that we are allowed to
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    if (mHTMLEditor->CanContainTag(*node, *nsGkAtoms::br)) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsCOMPtr<Element> br =
        mHTMLEditor->CreateBR(node, offset, nsIEditor::ePrevious);
      return br ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * GetGoodSelPointForNode() finds where at a node you would want to set the
 * selection if you were trying to have a caret next to it.  Always returns a
 * valid value (unless mHTMLEditor has gone away).
 *
 * @param aNode         The node
 * @param aAction       Which edge to find:
 *                        eNext/eNextWord/eToEndOfLine indicates beginning,
 *                        ePrevious/PreviousWord/eToBeginningOfLine ending.
 */
EditorDOMPoint
HTMLEditRules::GetGoodSelPointForNode(nsINode& aNode,
                                      nsIEditor::EDirection aAction)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aAction == nsIEditor::eNext ||
             aAction == nsIEditor::eNextWord ||
             aAction == nsIEditor::ePrevious ||
             aAction == nsIEditor::ePreviousWord ||
             aAction == nsIEditor::eToBeginningOfLine ||
             aAction == nsIEditor::eToEndOfLine);

  bool isPreviousAction = (aAction == nsIEditor::ePrevious ||
                           aAction == nsIEditor::ePreviousWord ||
                           aAction == nsIEditor::eToBeginningOfLine);

  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mHTMLEditor, EditorDOMPoint());
  if (aNode.GetAsText() || mHTMLEditor->IsContainer(&aNode) ||
      NS_WARN_IF(!aNode.GetParentNode())) {
    return EditorDOMPoint(&aNode, isPreviousAction ? aNode.Length() : 0);
  }

  EditorDOMPoint ret;
  ret.node = aNode.GetParentNode();
  ret.offset = ret.node ? ret.node->IndexOf(&aNode) : -1;
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mHTMLEditor, EditorDOMPoint());
  if ((!aNode.IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::br) ||
       mHTMLEditor->IsVisBreak(&aNode)) && isPreviousAction) {
    ret.offset++;
  }
  return ret;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::TryToJoinBlocks(nsIContent& aLeftNode,
                               nsIContent& aRightNode,
                               bool* aCanceled,
                               bool* aHandled)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aCanceled);
  MOZ_ASSERT(aHandled);

  *aCanceled = false;
  *aHandled = false;

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  nsCOMPtr<Element> leftBlock = htmlEditor->GetBlock(aLeftNode);
  nsCOMPtr<Element> rightBlock = htmlEditor->GetBlock(aRightNode);

  // Sanity checks
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(leftBlock && rightBlock, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(leftBlock != rightBlock);

  if (HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(leftBlock) ||
      HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(rightBlock)) {
    // Do not try to merge table elements
    *aCanceled = true;
    *aHandled = true;
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // Make sure we don't try to move things into HR's, which look like blocks
  // but aren't containers
  if (leftBlock->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::hr)) {
    leftBlock = htmlEditor->GetBlockNodeParent(leftBlock);
  }
  if (rightBlock->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::hr)) {
    rightBlock = htmlEditor->GetBlockNodeParent(rightBlock);
  }
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(leftBlock && rightBlock);

  // Bail if both blocks the same
  if (leftBlock == rightBlock) {
    *aCanceled = true;
    *aHandled = true;
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // Joining a list item to its parent is a NOP.
  if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(leftBlock) &&
      HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(rightBlock) &&
      rightBlock->GetParentNode() == leftBlock) {
    *aHandled = true;
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // Special rule here: if we are trying to join list items, and they are in
  // different lists, join the lists instead.
  bool mergeLists = false;
  nsIAtom* existingList = nsGkAtoms::_empty;
  int32_t offset;
  nsCOMPtr<Element> leftList, rightList;
  if (HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(leftBlock) &&
      HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(rightBlock)) {
    leftList = leftBlock->GetParentElement();
    rightList = rightBlock->GetParentElement();
    if (leftList && rightList && leftList != rightList &&
        !EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(leftList, rightBlock, &offset) &&
        !EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(rightList, leftBlock, &offset)) {
      // There are some special complications if the lists are descendants of
      // the other lists' items.  Note that it is okay for them to be
      // descendants of the other lists themselves, which is the usual case for
      // sublists in our implementation.
      leftBlock = leftList;
      rightBlock = rightList;
      mergeLists = true;
      existingList = leftList->NodeInfo()->NameAtom();
    }
  }

  AutoTransactionsConserveSelection dontSpazMySelection(htmlEditor);

  int32_t rightOffset = 0;
  int32_t leftOffset = -1;

  // offset below is where you find yourself in rightBlock when you traverse
  // upwards from leftBlock
  if (EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(leftBlock, rightBlock, &rightOffset)) {
    // Tricky case.  Left block is inside right block.  Do ws adjustment.  This
    // just destroys non-visible ws at boundaries we will be joining.
    rightOffset++;
    nsresult rv = WSRunObject::ScrubBlockBoundary(htmlEditor,
                                                  WSRunObject::kBlockEnd,
                                                  leftBlock);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

    {
      // We can't just track rightBlock because it's an Element.
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> trackingRightBlock(rightBlock);
      AutoTrackDOMPoint tracker(htmlEditor->mRangeUpdater,
                                address_of(trackingRightBlock), &rightOffset);
      rv = WSRunObject::ScrubBlockBoundary(htmlEditor,
                                           WSRunObject::kAfterBlock,
                                           rightBlock, rightOffset);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      if (trackingRightBlock->IsElement()) {
        rightBlock = trackingRightBlock->AsElement();
      } else {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(trackingRightBlock->GetParentElement());
        rightBlock = trackingRightBlock->GetParentElement();
      }
    }
    // Do br adjustment.
    nsCOMPtr<Element> brNode =
      CheckForInvisibleBR(*leftBlock, BRLocation::blockEnd);
    if (mergeLists) {
      // The idea here is to take all children in rightList that are past
      // offset, and pull them into leftlist.
      for (nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> child = rightList->GetChildAt(offset);
           child; child = rightList->GetChildAt(rightOffset)) {
        rv = htmlEditor->MoveNode(child, leftList, -1);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
      // XXX Should this set to true only when above for loop moves the node?
      *aHandled = true;
    } else {
      bool handled = false;
      MoveBlock(*leftBlock, *rightBlock, leftOffset, rightOffset, &handled);
      *aHandled |= handled;
    }
    if (brNode && NS_SUCCEEDED(htmlEditor->DeleteNode(brNode))) {
      *aHandled = true;
    }
  // Offset below is where you find yourself in leftBlock when you traverse
  // upwards from rightBlock
  } else if (EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(rightBlock, leftBlock, &leftOffset)) {
    // Tricky case.  Right block is inside left block.  Do ws adjustment.  This
    // just destroys non-visible ws at boundaries we will be joining.
    nsresult rv = WSRunObject::ScrubBlockBoundary(htmlEditor,
                                                  WSRunObject::kBlockStart,
                                                  rightBlock);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    {
      // We can't just track leftBlock because it's an Element, so track
      // something else.
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> trackingLeftBlock(leftBlock);
      AutoTrackDOMPoint tracker(htmlEditor->mRangeUpdater,
                                address_of(trackingLeftBlock), &leftOffset);
      rv = WSRunObject::ScrubBlockBoundary(htmlEditor,
                                           WSRunObject::kBeforeBlock,
                                           leftBlock, leftOffset);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      if (trackingLeftBlock->IsElement()) {
        leftBlock = trackingLeftBlock->AsElement();
      } else {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(trackingLeftBlock->GetParentElement());
        leftBlock = trackingLeftBlock->GetParentElement();
      }
    }
    // Do br adjustment.
    nsCOMPtr<Element> brNode =
      CheckForInvisibleBR(*leftBlock, BRLocation::beforeBlock, leftOffset);
    if (mergeLists) {
      bool handled = false;
      MoveContents(*rightList, *leftList, &leftOffset, &handled);
      *aHandled |= handled;
    } else {
      // Left block is a parent of right block, and the parent of the previous
      // visible content.  Right block is a child and contains the contents we
      // want to move.

      int32_t previousContentOffset;
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> previousContentParent;

      if (&aLeftNode == leftBlock) {
        // We are working with valid HTML, aLeftNode is a block node, and is
        // therefore allowed to contain rightBlock.  This is the simple case,
        // we will simply move the content in rightBlock out of its block.
        previousContentParent = leftBlock;
        previousContentOffset = leftOffset;
      } else {
        // We try to work as well as possible with HTML that's already invalid.
        // Although "right block" is a block, and a block must not be contained
        // in inline elements, reality is that broken documents do exist.  The
        // DIRECT parent of "left NODE" might be an inline element.  Previous
        // versions of this code skipped inline parents until the first block
        // parent was found (and used "left block" as the destination).
        // However, in some situations this strategy moves the content to an
        // unexpected position.  (see bug 200416) The new idea is to make the
        // moving content a sibling, next to the previous visible content.

        previousContentParent = aLeftNode.GetParentNode();
        previousContentOffset = previousContentParent ?
          previousContentParent->IndexOf(&aLeftNode) : -1;

        // We want to move our content just after the previous visible node.
        previousContentOffset++;
      }

      // Because we don't want the moving content to receive the style of the
      // previous content, we split the previous content's style.

      nsCOMPtr<Element> editorRoot = htmlEditor->GetEditorRoot();
      if (!editorRoot || &aLeftNode != editorRoot) {
        nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> splittedPreviousContent;
        rv = htmlEditor->SplitStyleAbovePoint(
                           address_of(previousContentParent),
                           &previousContentOffset,
                           nullptr, nullptr, nullptr,
                           getter_AddRefs(splittedPreviousContent));
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

        if (splittedPreviousContent) {
          previousContentParent = splittedPreviousContent->GetParentNode();
          previousContentOffset = previousContentParent ?
            previousContentParent->IndexOf(splittedPreviousContent) : -1;
        }
      }

      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(previousContentParent, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

      bool handled = false;
      rv = MoveBlock(*previousContentParent->AsElement(), *rightBlock,
                     previousContentOffset, rightOffset, &handled);
      *aHandled |= handled;
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
    if (brNode && NS_SUCCEEDED(htmlEditor->DeleteNode(brNode))) {
      *aHandled = true;
    }
  } else {
    // Normal case.  Blocks are siblings, or at least close enough.  An example
    // of the latter is <p>paragraph</p><ul><li>one<li>two<li>three</ul>.  The
    // first li and the p are not true siblings, but we still want to join them
    // if you backspace from li into p.

    // Adjust whitespace at block boundaries
    nsresult rv =
      WSRunObject::PrepareToJoinBlocks(htmlEditor, leftBlock, rightBlock);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    // Do br adjustment.
    nsCOMPtr<Element> brNode =
      CheckForInvisibleBR(*leftBlock, BRLocation::blockEnd);
    if (mergeLists || leftBlock->NodeInfo()->NameAtom() ==
                      rightBlock->NodeInfo()->NameAtom()) {
      // Nodes are same type.  merge them.
      EditorDOMPoint pt = JoinNodesSmart(*leftBlock, *rightBlock);
      if (pt.node && mergeLists) {
        nsCOMPtr<Element> newBlock;
        ConvertListType(rightBlock, getter_AddRefs(newBlock),
                        existingList, nsGkAtoms::li);
      }
      *aHandled = true;
    } else {
      // Nodes are dissimilar types.
      bool handled = false;
      rv =
        MoveBlock(*leftBlock, *rightBlock, leftOffset, rightOffset, &handled);
      *aHandled |= handled;
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
    if (brNode) {
      rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(brNode);
      // XXX In other top level if/else-if blocks, the result of DeleteNode()
      //     is ignored.  Why does only this result is respected?
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      *aHandled = true;
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::MoveBlock(Element& aLeftBlock,
                         Element& aRightBlock,
                         int32_t aLeftOffset,
                         int32_t aRightOffset,
                         bool* aHandled)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aHandled);

  *aHandled = false;

  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfNodes;
  // GetNodesFromPoint is the workhorse that figures out what we wnat to move.
  nsresult rv = GetNodesFromPoint(EditorDOMPoint(&aRightBlock, aRightOffset),
                                  EditAction::makeList, arrayOfNodes,
                                  TouchContent::yes);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < arrayOfNodes.Length(); i++) {
    // get the node to act on
    if (IsBlockNode(arrayOfNodes[i])) {
      // For block nodes, move their contents only, then delete block.
      bool handled = false;
      rv = MoveContents(*arrayOfNodes[i]->AsElement(), aLeftBlock,
                        &aLeftOffset, &handled);
      *aHandled |= handled;
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(arrayOfNodes[i]);
      *aHandled = true;
    } else {
      // Otherwise move the content as is, checking against the DTD.
      bool handled = false;
      rv = MoveNodeSmart(*arrayOfNodes[i]->AsContent(), aLeftBlock,
                         &aLeftOffset, &handled);
      *aHandled |= handled;
    }
  }

  // XXX We're only checking return value of the last iteration
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::MoveNodeSmart(nsIContent& aNode,
                             Element& aDestElement,
                             int32_t* aInOutDestOffset,
                             bool* aHandled)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aInOutDestOffset);
  MOZ_ASSERT(aHandled);

  *aHandled = false;

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  // Check if this node can go into the destination node
  if (htmlEditor->CanContain(aDestElement, aNode)) {
    // If it can, move it there
    nsresult rv =
      htmlEditor->MoveNode(&aNode, &aDestElement, *aInOutDestOffset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    if (*aInOutDestOffset != -1) {
      (*aInOutDestOffset)++;
    }
    // XXX Should we check if the node is actually moved in this case?
    *aHandled = true;
  } else {
    // If it can't, move its children (if any), and then delete it.
    if (aNode.IsElement()) {
      bool handled = false;
      nsresult rv = MoveContents(*aNode.AsElement(), aDestElement,
                                 aInOutDestOffset, &handled);
      *aHandled |= handled;
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }

    nsresult rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(&aNode);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    *aHandled = true;
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::MoveContents(Element& aElement,
                            Element& aDestElement,
                            int32_t* aInOutDestOffset,
                            bool* aHandled)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aInOutDestOffset);
  MOZ_ASSERT(aHandled);

  *aHandled = false;

  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(&aElement != &aDestElement, NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE);

  while (aElement.GetFirstChild()) {
    bool handled = false;
    nsresult rv = MoveNodeSmart(*aElement.GetFirstChild(), aDestElement,
                                aInOutDestOffset, &handled);
    *aHandled |= handled;
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }
  return NS_OK;
}


nsresult
HTMLEditRules::DeleteNonTableElements(nsINode* aNode)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aNode);
  if (!HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElementButNotTable(aNode)) {
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    return mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(aNode->AsDOMNode());
  }

  for (int32_t i = aNode->GetChildCount() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
    nsresult rv = DeleteNonTableElements(aNode->GetChildAt(i));
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::DidDeleteSelection(Selection* aSelection,
                                  nsIEditor::EDirection aDir,
                                  nsresult aResult)
{
  if (!aSelection) {
    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
  }

  // find where we are
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> startNode;
  int32_t startOffset;
  nsresult rv = mTextEditor->GetStartNodeAndOffset(aSelection,
                                                   getter_AddRefs(startNode),
                                                   &startOffset);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(startNode, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);

  // find any enclosing mailcite
  nsCOMPtr<Element> citeNode = GetTopEnclosingMailCite(*startNode);
  if (citeNode) {
    bool isEmpty = true, seenBR = false;
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    mHTMLEditor->IsEmptyNodeImpl(citeNode, &isEmpty, true, true, false,
                                 &seenBR);
    if (isEmpty) {
      int32_t offset;
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(citeNode, &offset);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(citeNode);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      if (parent && seenBR) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        nsCOMPtr<Element> brNode = mHTMLEditor->CreateBR(parent, offset);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(brNode);
        aSelection->Collapse(parent, offset);
      }
    }
  }

  // call through to base class
  return TextEditRules::DidDeleteSelection(aSelection, aDir, aResult);
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillMakeList(Selection* aSelection,
                            const nsAString* aListType,
                            bool aEntireList,
                            const nsAString* aBulletType,
                            bool* aCancel,
                            bool* aHandled,
                            const nsAString* aItemType)
{
  if (!aSelection || !aListType || !aCancel || !aHandled) {
    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
  }
  OwningNonNull<nsIAtom> listType = NS_Atomize(*aListType);

  WillInsert(*aSelection, aCancel);

  // initialize out param
  // we want to ignore result of WillInsert()
  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = false;

  // deduce what tag to use for list items
  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> itemType;
  if (aItemType) {
    itemType = NS_Atomize(*aItemType);
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(itemType, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
  } else if (listType == nsGkAtoms::dl) {
    itemType = nsGkAtoms::dd;
  } else {
    itemType = nsGkAtoms::li;
  }

  // convert the selection ranges into "promoted" selection ranges:
  // this basically just expands the range to include the immediate
  // block parent, and then further expands to include any ancestors
  // whose children are all in the range

  *aHandled = true;

  nsresult rv = NormalizeSelection(aSelection);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  AutoSelectionRestorer selectionRestorer(aSelection, mHTMLEditor);

  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfNodes;
  rv = GetListActionNodes(arrayOfNodes,
                          aEntireList ? EntireList::yes : EntireList::no);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // check if all our nodes are <br>s, or empty inlines
  bool bOnlyBreaks = true;
  for (auto& curNode : arrayOfNodes) {
    // if curNode is not a Break or empty inline, we're done
    if (!TextEditUtils::IsBreak(curNode) &&
        !IsEmptyInline(curNode)) {
      bOnlyBreaks = false;
      break;
    }
  }

  // if no nodes, we make empty list.  Ditto if the user tried to make a list
  // of some # of breaks.
  if (arrayOfNodes.IsEmpty() || bOnlyBreaks) {
    // if only breaks, delete them
    if (bOnlyBreaks) {
      for (auto& node : arrayOfNodes) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(node);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
    }

    // get selection location
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(aSelection->RangeCount());
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
    int32_t offset = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(parent);

    // make sure we can put a list here
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    if (!mHTMLEditor->CanContainTag(*parent, listType)) {
      *aCancel = true;
      return NS_OK;
    }
    rv = SplitAsNeeded(listType, parent, offset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsCOMPtr<Element> theList =
      mHTMLEditor->CreateNode(listType, parent, offset);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(theList);

    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsCOMPtr<Element> theListItem =
      mHTMLEditor->CreateNode(itemType, theList, 0);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(theListItem);

    // remember our new block for postprocessing
    mNewBlock = theListItem;
    // put selection in new list item
    *aHandled = true;
    rv = aSelection->Collapse(theListItem, 0);
    // Don't restore the selection
    selectionRestorer.Abort();
    return rv;
  }

  // if there is only one node in the array, and it is a list, div, or
  // blockquote, then look inside of it until we find inner list or content.

  LookInsideDivBQandList(arrayOfNodes);

  // Ok, now go through all the nodes and put then in the list,
  // or whatever is approriate.  Wohoo!

  uint32_t listCount = arrayOfNodes.Length();
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> curParent;
  nsCOMPtr<Element> curList, prevListItem;

  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < listCount; i++) {
    // here's where we actually figure out what to do
    nsCOMPtr<Element> newBlock;
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(arrayOfNodes[i]->IsContent());
    OwningNonNull<nsIContent> curNode = *arrayOfNodes[i]->AsContent();
    int32_t offset;
    curParent = EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(curNode, &offset);

    // make sure we don't assemble content that is in different table cells
    // into the same list.  respect table cell boundaries when listifying.
    if (curList && InDifferentTableElements(curList, curNode)) {
      curList = nullptr;
    }

    // if curNode is a Break, delete it, and quit remembering prev list item
    if (TextEditUtils::IsBreak(curNode)) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(curNode);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      prevListItem = nullptr;
      continue;
    } else if (IsEmptyInline(curNode)) {
      // if curNode is an empty inline container, delete it
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(curNode);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      continue;
    }

    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curNode)) {
      // do we have a curList already?
      if (curList && !EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(curNode, curList)) {
        // move all of our children into curList.  cheezy way to do it: move
        // whole list and then RemoveContainer() on the list.  ConvertListType
        // first: that routine handles converting the list item types, if
        // needed
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(curNode, curList, -1);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        rv = ConvertListType(curNode->AsElement(), getter_AddRefs(newBlock),
                             listType, itemType);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->RemoveBlockContainer(*newBlock);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      } else {
        // replace list with new list type
        rv = ConvertListType(curNode->AsElement(), getter_AddRefs(newBlock),
                             listType, itemType);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        curList = newBlock;
      }
      prevListItem = nullptr;
      continue;
    }

    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(curNode)) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      if (!curParent->IsHTMLElement(listType)) {
        // list item is in wrong type of list. if we don't have a curList,
        // split the old list and make a new list of correct type.
        if (!curList || EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(curNode, curList)) {
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(curParent->IsContent());
          ErrorResult rv;
          nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> splitNode =
            mHTMLEditor->SplitNode(*curParent->AsContent(), offset, rv);
          NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!rv.Failed(), rv.StealNSResult());
          newBlock = splitNode ? splitNode->AsElement() : nullptr;
          int32_t offset;
          nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(curParent,
                                                                 &offset);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          curList = mHTMLEditor->CreateNode(listType, parent, offset);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(curList);
        }
        // move list item to new list
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(curNode, curList, -1);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        // convert list item type if needed
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        if (!curNode->IsHTMLElement(itemType)) {
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          newBlock = mHTMLEditor->ReplaceContainer(curNode->AsElement(),
                                                   itemType);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(newBlock);
        }
      } else {
        // item is in right type of list.  But we might still have to move it.
        // and we might need to convert list item types.
        if (!curList) {
          curList = curParent->AsElement();
        } else if (curParent != curList) {
          // move list item to new list
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(curNode, curList, -1);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        }
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        if (!curNode->IsHTMLElement(itemType)) {
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          newBlock = mHTMLEditor->ReplaceContainer(curNode->AsElement(),
                                                   itemType);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(newBlock);
        }
      }
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> curElement = do_QueryInterface(curNode);
      NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(typestr, "type");
      if (aBulletType && !aBulletType->IsEmpty()) {
        rv = mHTMLEditor->SetAttribute(curElement, typestr, *aBulletType);
        if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
          return rv;
        }
      } else {
        rv = mHTMLEditor->RemoveAttribute(curElement, typestr);
        if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
          return rv;
        }
      }
      continue;
    }

    // if we hit a div clear our prevListItem, insert divs contents
    // into our node array, and remove the div
    if (curNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::div)) {
      prevListItem = nullptr;
      int32_t j = i + 1;
      GetInnerContent(*curNode, arrayOfNodes, &j);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->RemoveContainer(curNode);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      listCount = arrayOfNodes.Length();
      continue;
    }

    // need to make a list to put things in if we haven't already,
    if (!curList) {
      rv = SplitAsNeeded(listType, curParent, offset);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      curList = mHTMLEditor->CreateNode(listType, curParent, offset);
      // remember our new block for postprocessing
      mNewBlock = curList;
      // curList is now the correct thing to put curNode in
      prevListItem = nullptr;
    }

    // if curNode isn't a list item, we must wrap it in one
    nsCOMPtr<Element> listItem;
    if (!HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(curNode)) {
      if (IsInlineNode(curNode) && prevListItem) {
        // this is a continuation of some inline nodes that belong together in
        // the same list item.  use prevListItem
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(curNode, prevListItem, -1);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      } else {
        // don't wrap li around a paragraph.  instead replace paragraph with li
        if (curNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::p)) {
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          listItem = mHTMLEditor->ReplaceContainer(curNode->AsElement(),
                                                   itemType);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(listItem);
        } else {
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          listItem = mHTMLEditor->InsertContainerAbove(curNode, itemType);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(listItem);
        }
        if (IsInlineNode(curNode)) {
          prevListItem = listItem;
        } else {
          prevListItem = nullptr;
        }
      }
    } else {
      listItem = curNode->AsElement();
    }

    if (listItem) {
      // if we made a new list item, deal with it: tuck the listItem into the
      // end of the active list
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(listItem, curList, -1);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
  }

  return NS_OK;
}


nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillRemoveList(Selection* aSelection,
                              bool aOrdered,
                              bool* aCancel,
                              bool* aHandled)
{
  if (!aSelection || !aCancel || !aHandled) {
    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
  }
  // initialize out param
  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = true;

  nsresult rv = NormalizeSelection(aSelection);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  AutoSelectionRestorer selectionRestorer(aSelection, mHTMLEditor);

  nsTArray<RefPtr<nsRange>> arrayOfRanges;
  GetPromotedRanges(*aSelection, arrayOfRanges, EditAction::makeList);

  // use these ranges to contruct a list of nodes to act on.
  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfNodes;
  rv = GetListActionNodes(arrayOfNodes, EntireList::no);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // Remove all non-editable nodes.  Leave them be.
  for (int32_t i = arrayOfNodes.Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
    OwningNonNull<nsINode> testNode = arrayOfNodes[i];
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    if (!mHTMLEditor->IsEditable(testNode)) {
      arrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(i);
    }
  }

  // Only act on lists or list items in the array
  for (auto& curNode : arrayOfNodes) {
    // here's where we actually figure out what to do
    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(curNode)) {
      // unlist this listitem
      bool bOutOfList;
      do {
        rv = PopListItem(GetAsDOMNode(curNode), &bOutOfList);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      } while (!bOutOfList); // keep popping it out until it's not in a list anymore
    } else if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curNode)) {
      // node is a list, move list items out
      rv = RemoveListStructure(*curNode->AsElement());
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillMakeDefListItem(Selection* aSelection,
                                   const nsAString *aItemType,
                                   bool aEntireList,
                                   bool* aCancel,
                                   bool* aHandled)
{
  // for now we let WillMakeList handle this
  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(listType, "dl");
  return WillMakeList(aSelection, &listType, aEntireList, nullptr, aCancel, aHandled, aItemType);
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillMakeBasicBlock(Selection& aSelection,
                                  const nsAString& aBlockType,
                                  bool* aCancel,
                                  bool* aHandled)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aCancel && aHandled);

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  OwningNonNull<nsIAtom> blockType = NS_Atomize(aBlockType);

  WillInsert(aSelection, aCancel);
  // We want to ignore result of WillInsert()
  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = false;

  nsresult rv = NormalizeSelection(&aSelection);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  AutoSelectionRestorer selectionRestorer(&aSelection, htmlEditor);
  AutoTransactionsConserveSelection dontSpazMySelection(htmlEditor);
  *aHandled = true;

  // Contruct a list of nodes to act on.
  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfNodes;
  rv = GetNodesFromSelection(aSelection, EditAction::makeBasicBlock,
                             arrayOfNodes);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // Remove all non-editable nodes.  Leave them be.
  for (int32_t i = arrayOfNodes.Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
    if (!htmlEditor->IsEditable(arrayOfNodes[i])) {
      arrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(i);
    }
  }

  // If nothing visible in list, make an empty block
  if (ListIsEmptyLine(arrayOfNodes)) {
    // Get selection location
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(aSelection.GetRangeAt(0) &&
                    aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent());
    OwningNonNull<nsINode> parent =
      *aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
    int32_t offset = aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();

    if (blockType == nsGkAtoms::normal ||
        blockType == nsGkAtoms::_empty) {
      // We are removing blocks (going to "body text")
      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(htmlEditor->GetBlock(parent), NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
      OwningNonNull<Element> curBlock = *htmlEditor->GetBlock(parent);
      if (HTMLEditUtils::IsFormatNode(curBlock)) {
        // If the first editable node after selection is a br, consume it.
        // Otherwise it gets pushed into a following block after the split,
        // which is visually bad.
        nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> brNode =
          htmlEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(parent, offset);
        if (brNode && brNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::br)) {
          rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(brNode);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        }
        // Do the splits!
        offset = htmlEditor->SplitNodeDeep(curBlock, *parent->AsContent(),
                                            offset,
                                            HTMLEditor::EmptyContainers::no);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(offset != -1);
        // Put a br at the split point
        brNode = htmlEditor->CreateBR(curBlock->GetParentNode(), offset);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(brNode);
        // Put selection at the split point
        *aHandled = true;
        rv = aSelection.Collapse(curBlock->GetParentNode(), offset);
        // Don't restore the selection
        selectionRestorer.Abort();
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
      // Else nothing to do!
    } else {
      // We are making a block.  Consume a br, if needed.
      nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> brNode =
        htmlEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(parent, offset, true);
      if (brNode && brNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::br)) {
        rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(brNode);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        // We don't need to act on this node any more
        arrayOfNodes.RemoveElement(brNode);
      }
      // Make sure we can put a block here
      rv = SplitAsNeeded(blockType, parent, offset);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      nsCOMPtr<Element> block =
        htmlEditor->CreateNode(blockType, parent, offset);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(block);
      // Remember our new block for postprocessing
      mNewBlock = block;
      // Delete anything that was in the list of nodes
      while (!arrayOfNodes.IsEmpty()) {
        OwningNonNull<nsINode> curNode = arrayOfNodes[0];
        rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(curNode);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        arrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(0);
      }
      // Put selection in new block
      *aHandled = true;
      rv = aSelection.Collapse(block, 0);
      // Don't restore the selection
      selectionRestorer.Abort();
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
    return NS_OK;
  }
  // Okay, now go through all the nodes and make the right kind of blocks, or
  // whatever is approriate.  Woohoo!  Note: blockquote is handled a little
  // differently.
  if (blockType == nsGkAtoms::blockquote) {
    rv = MakeBlockquote(arrayOfNodes);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  } else if (blockType == nsGkAtoms::normal ||
             blockType == nsGkAtoms::_empty) {
    rv = RemoveBlockStyle(arrayOfNodes);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  } else {
    rv = ApplyBlockStyle(arrayOfNodes, blockType);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::DidMakeBasicBlock(Selection* aSelection,
                                 RulesInfo* aInfo,
                                 nsresult aResult)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aSelection, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
  // check for empty block.  if so, put a moz br in it.
  if (!aSelection->Collapsed()) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(aSelection->GetRangeAt(0) &&
                  aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent());
  nsresult rv =
    InsertMozBRIfNeeded(*aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent());
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillIndent(Selection* aSelection,
                          bool* aCancel,
                          bool* aHandled)
{
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  if (mHTMLEditor->IsCSSEnabled()) {
    nsresult rv = WillCSSIndent(aSelection, aCancel, aHandled);
    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
      return rv;
    }
  } else {
    nsresult rv = WillHTMLIndent(aSelection, aCancel, aHandled);
    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
      return rv;
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillCSSIndent(Selection* aSelection,
                             bool* aCancel,
                             bool* aHandled)
{
  if (!aSelection || !aCancel || !aHandled) {
    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
  }

  WillInsert(*aSelection, aCancel);

  // initialize out param
  // we want to ignore result of WillInsert()
  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = true;

  nsresult rv = NormalizeSelection(aSelection);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  AutoSelectionRestorer selectionRestorer(aSelection, mHTMLEditor);
  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsRange>> arrayOfRanges;
  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfNodes;

  // short circuit: detect case of collapsed selection inside an <li>.
  // just sublist that <li>.  This prevents bug 97797.

  nsCOMPtr<Element> liNode;
  if (aSelection->Collapsed()) {
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node;
    int32_t offset;
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsresult rv =
      mHTMLEditor->GetStartNodeAndOffset(aSelection,
                                         getter_AddRefs(node), &offset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    nsCOMPtr<Element> block = mHTMLEditor->GetBlock(*node);
    if (block && HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(block)) {
      liNode = block;
    }
  }

  if (liNode) {
    arrayOfNodes.AppendElement(*liNode);
  } else {
    // convert the selection ranges into "promoted" selection ranges:
    // this basically just expands the range to include the immediate
    // block parent, and then further expands to include any ancestors
    // whose children are all in the range
    rv = GetNodesFromSelection(*aSelection, EditAction::indent, arrayOfNodes);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }

  // if nothing visible in list, make an empty block
  if (ListIsEmptyLine(arrayOfNodes)) {
    // get selection location
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(aSelection->RangeCount());
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
    int32_t offset = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(parent);

    // make sure we can put a block here
    rv = SplitAsNeeded(*nsGkAtoms::div, parent, offset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsCOMPtr<Element> theBlock = mHTMLEditor->CreateNode(nsGkAtoms::div,
                                                         parent, offset);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(theBlock);
    // remember our new block for postprocessing
    mNewBlock = theBlock;
    ChangeIndentation(*theBlock, Change::plus);
    // delete anything that was in the list of nodes
    while (!arrayOfNodes.IsEmpty()) {
      OwningNonNull<nsINode> curNode = arrayOfNodes[0];
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(curNode);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      arrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(0);
    }
    // put selection in new block
    *aHandled = true;
    rv = aSelection->Collapse(theBlock, 0);
    // Don't restore the selection
    selectionRestorer.Abort();
    return rv;
  }

  // Ok, now go through all the nodes and put them in a blockquote,
  // or whatever is appropriate.  Wohoo!
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> curParent;
  nsCOMPtr<Element> curList, curQuote;
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> sibling;
  int32_t listCount = arrayOfNodes.Length();
  for (int32_t i = 0; i < listCount; i++) {
    // here's where we actually figure out what to do
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(arrayOfNodes[i]->IsContent());
    nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> curNode = arrayOfNodes[i]->AsContent();

    // Ignore all non-editable nodes.  Leave them be.
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    if (!mHTMLEditor->IsEditable(curNode)) {
      continue;
    }

    curParent = curNode->GetParentNode();
    int32_t offset = curParent ? curParent->IndexOf(curNode) : -1;

    // some logic for putting list items into nested lists...
    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curParent)) {
      sibling = nullptr;

      // Check for whether we should join a list that follows curNode.
      // We do this if the next element is a list, and the list is of the
      // same type (li/ol) as curNode was a part it.
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      sibling = mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLSibling(curNode);
      if (sibling && HTMLEditUtils::IsList(sibling) &&
          curParent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom() ==
            sibling->NodeInfo()->NameAtom() &&
          curParent->NodeInfo()->NamespaceID() ==
            sibling->NodeInfo()->NamespaceID()) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(curNode, sibling, 0);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        continue;
      }
      // Check for whether we should join a list that preceeds curNode.
      // We do this if the previous element is a list, and the list is of
      // the same type (li/ol) as curNode was a part of.
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      sibling = mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLSibling(curNode);
      if (sibling && HTMLEditUtils::IsList(sibling) &&
          curParent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom() ==
            sibling->NodeInfo()->NameAtom() &&
          curParent->NodeInfo()->NamespaceID() ==
            sibling->NodeInfo()->NamespaceID()) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(curNode, sibling, -1);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        continue;
      }
      sibling = nullptr;

      // check to see if curList is still appropriate.  Which it is if
      // curNode is still right after it in the same list.
      if (curList) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        sibling = mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLSibling(curNode);
      }

      if (!curList || (sibling && sibling != curList)) {
        // create a new nested list of correct type
        rv =
          SplitAsNeeded(*curParent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom(), curParent, offset);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        curList = mHTMLEditor->CreateNode(curParent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom(),
                                          curParent, offset);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(curList);
        // curList is now the correct thing to put curNode in
        // remember our new block for postprocessing
        mNewBlock = curList;
      }
      // tuck the node into the end of the active list
      uint32_t listLen = curList->Length();
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(curNode, curList, listLen);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
    // Not a list item.
    else {
      if (curNode && IsBlockNode(*curNode)) {
        ChangeIndentation(*curNode->AsElement(), Change::plus);
        curQuote = nullptr;
      } else {
        if (!curQuote) {
          // First, check that our element can contain a div.
          if (!mTextEditor->CanContainTag(*curParent, *nsGkAtoms::div)) {
            return NS_OK; // cancelled
          }

          rv = SplitAsNeeded(*nsGkAtoms::div, curParent, offset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          curQuote = mHTMLEditor->CreateNode(nsGkAtoms::div, curParent,
                                             offset);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(curQuote);
          ChangeIndentation(*curQuote, Change::plus);
          // remember our new block for postprocessing
          mNewBlock = curQuote;
          // curQuote is now the correct thing to put curNode in
        }

        // tuck the node into the end of the active blockquote
        uint32_t quoteLen = curQuote->Length();
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(curNode, curQuote, quoteLen);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillHTMLIndent(Selection* aSelection,
                              bool* aCancel,
                              bool* aHandled)
{
  if (!aSelection || !aCancel || !aHandled) {
    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
  }
  WillInsert(*aSelection, aCancel);

  // initialize out param
  // we want to ignore result of WillInsert()
  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = true;

  nsresult rv = NormalizeSelection(aSelection);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  AutoSelectionRestorer selectionRestorer(aSelection, mHTMLEditor);

  // convert the selection ranges into "promoted" selection ranges:
  // this basically just expands the range to include the immediate
  // block parent, and then further expands to include any ancestors
  // whose children are all in the range

  nsTArray<RefPtr<nsRange>> arrayOfRanges;
  GetPromotedRanges(*aSelection, arrayOfRanges, EditAction::indent);

  // use these ranges to contruct a list of nodes to act on.
  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfNodes;
  rv = GetNodesForOperation(arrayOfRanges, arrayOfNodes, EditAction::indent);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // if nothing visible in list, make an empty block
  if (ListIsEmptyLine(arrayOfNodes)) {
    // get selection location
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(aSelection->RangeCount());
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
    int32_t offset = aSelection->GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(parent);

    // make sure we can put a block here
    rv = SplitAsNeeded(*nsGkAtoms::blockquote, parent, offset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsCOMPtr<Element> theBlock = mHTMLEditor->CreateNode(nsGkAtoms::blockquote,
                                                         parent, offset);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(theBlock);
    // remember our new block for postprocessing
    mNewBlock = theBlock;
    // delete anything that was in the list of nodes
    while (!arrayOfNodes.IsEmpty()) {
      OwningNonNull<nsINode> curNode = arrayOfNodes[0];
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(curNode);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      arrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(0);
    }
    // put selection in new block
    *aHandled = true;
    rv = aSelection->Collapse(theBlock, 0);
    // Don't restore the selection
    selectionRestorer.Abort();
    return rv;
  }

  // Ok, now go through all the nodes and put them in a blockquote,
  // or whatever is appropriate.  Wohoo!
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> curParent;
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> sibling;
  nsCOMPtr<Element> curList, curQuote, indentedLI;
  int32_t listCount = arrayOfNodes.Length();
  for (int32_t i = 0; i < listCount; i++) {
    // here's where we actually figure out what to do
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(arrayOfNodes[i]->IsContent());
    nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> curNode = arrayOfNodes[i]->AsContent();

    // Ignore all non-editable nodes.  Leave them be.
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    if (!mHTMLEditor->IsEditable(curNode)) {
      continue;
    }

    curParent = curNode->GetParentNode();
    int32_t offset = curParent ? curParent->IndexOf(curNode) : -1;

    // some logic for putting list items into nested lists...
    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curParent)) {
      sibling = nullptr;

      // Check for whether we should join a list that follows curNode.
      // We do this if the next element is a list, and the list is of the
      // same type (li/ol) as curNode was a part it.
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      sibling = mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLSibling(curNode);
      if (sibling && HTMLEditUtils::IsList(sibling) &&
          curParent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom() ==
            sibling->NodeInfo()->NameAtom() &&
          curParent->NodeInfo()->NamespaceID() ==
            sibling->NodeInfo()->NamespaceID()) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(curNode, sibling, 0);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        continue;
      }

      // Check for whether we should join a list that preceeds curNode.
      // We do this if the previous element is a list, and the list is of
      // the same type (li/ol) as curNode was a part of.
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      sibling = mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLSibling(curNode);
      if (sibling && HTMLEditUtils::IsList(sibling) &&
          curParent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom() ==
            sibling->NodeInfo()->NameAtom() &&
          curParent->NodeInfo()->NamespaceID() ==
            sibling->NodeInfo()->NamespaceID()) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(curNode, sibling, -1);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        continue;
      }

      sibling = nullptr;

      // check to see if curList is still appropriate.  Which it is if
      // curNode is still right after it in the same list.
      if (curList) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        sibling = mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLSibling(curNode);
      }

      if (!curList || (sibling && sibling != curList)) {
        // create a new nested list of correct type
        rv =
          SplitAsNeeded(*curParent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom(), curParent, offset);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        curList = mHTMLEditor->CreateNode(curParent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom(),
                                          curParent, offset);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(curList);
        // curList is now the correct thing to put curNode in
        // remember our new block for postprocessing
        mNewBlock = curList;
      }
      // tuck the node into the end of the active list
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(curNode, curList, -1);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      // forget curQuote, if any
      curQuote = nullptr;
    }
    // Not a list item, use blockquote?
    else {
      // if we are inside a list item, we don't want to blockquote, we want
      // to sublist the list item.  We may have several nodes listed in the
      // array of nodes to act on, that are in the same list item.  Since
      // we only want to indent that li once, we must keep track of the most
      // recent indented list item, and not indent it if we find another node
      // to act on that is still inside the same li.
      nsCOMPtr<Element> listItem = IsInListItem(curNode);
      if (listItem) {
        if (indentedLI == listItem) {
          // already indented this list item
          continue;
        }
        curParent = listItem->GetParentNode();
        offset = curParent ? curParent->IndexOf(listItem) : -1;
        // check to see if curList is still appropriate.  Which it is if
        // curNode is still right after it in the same list.
        if (curList) {
          sibling = nullptr;
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          sibling = mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLSibling(curNode);
        }

        if (!curList || (sibling && sibling != curList)) {
          // create a new nested list of correct type
          rv = SplitAsNeeded(*curParent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom(), curParent,
                             offset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          curList = mHTMLEditor->CreateNode(curParent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom(),
                                            curParent, offset);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(curList);
        }
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(listItem, curList, -1);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        // remember we indented this li
        indentedLI = listItem;
      } else {
        // need to make a blockquote to put things in if we haven't already,
        // or if this node doesn't go in blockquote we used earlier.
        // One reason it might not go in prio blockquote is if we are now
        // in a different table cell.
        if (curQuote && InDifferentTableElements(curQuote, curNode)) {
          curQuote = nullptr;
        }

        if (!curQuote) {
          // First, check that our element can contain a blockquote.
          if (!mTextEditor->CanContainTag(*curParent, *nsGkAtoms::blockquote)) {
            return NS_OK; // cancelled
          }

          rv = SplitAsNeeded(*nsGkAtoms::blockquote, curParent, offset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          curQuote = mHTMLEditor->CreateNode(nsGkAtoms::blockquote, curParent,
                                             offset);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(curQuote);
          // remember our new block for postprocessing
          mNewBlock = curQuote;
          // curQuote is now the correct thing to put curNode in
        }

        // tuck the node into the end of the active blockquote
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(curNode, curQuote, -1);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        // forget curList, if any
        curList = nullptr;
      }
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}


nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillOutdent(Selection& aSelection,
                           bool* aCancel,
                           bool* aHandled)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aCancel && aHandled);
  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = true;
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> rememberedLeftBQ, rememberedRightBQ;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);
  bool useCSS = htmlEditor->IsCSSEnabled();

  nsresult rv = NormalizeSelection(&aSelection);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // Some scoping for selection resetting - we may need to tweak it
  {
    AutoSelectionRestorer selectionRestorer(&aSelection, htmlEditor);

    // Convert the selection ranges into "promoted" selection ranges: this
    // basically just expands the range to include the immediate block parent,
    // and then further expands to include any ancestors whose children are all
    // in the range
    nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfNodes;
    rv = GetNodesFromSelection(aSelection, EditAction::outdent, arrayOfNodes);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

    // Okay, now go through all the nodes and remove a level of blockquoting,
    // or whatever is appropriate.  Wohoo!

    nsCOMPtr<Element> curBlockQuote;
    nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> firstBQChild, lastBQChild;
    bool curBlockQuoteIsIndentedWithCSS = false;
    for (uint32_t i = 0; i < arrayOfNodes.Length(); i++) {
      if (!arrayOfNodes[i]->IsContent()) {
        continue;
      }
      OwningNonNull<nsIContent> curNode = *arrayOfNodes[i]->AsContent();

      // Here's where we actually figure out what to do
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> curParent = curNode->GetParentNode();
      int32_t offset = curParent ? curParent->IndexOf(curNode) : -1;

      // Is it a blockquote?
      if (curNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::blockquote)) {
        // If it is a blockquote, remove it.  So we need to finish up dealng
        // with any curBlockQuote first.
        if (curBlockQuote) {
          rv = OutdentPartOfBlock(*curBlockQuote, *firstBQChild, *lastBQChild,
                                  curBlockQuoteIsIndentedWithCSS,
                                  getter_AddRefs(rememberedLeftBQ),
                                  getter_AddRefs(rememberedRightBQ));
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          curBlockQuote = nullptr;
          firstBQChild = nullptr;
          lastBQChild = nullptr;
          curBlockQuoteIsIndentedWithCSS = false;
        }
        rv = htmlEditor->RemoveBlockContainer(curNode);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        continue;
      }
      // Is it a block with a 'margin' property?
      if (useCSS && IsBlockNode(curNode)) {
        nsIAtom& marginProperty =
          MarginPropertyAtomForIndent(*htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils, curNode);
        nsAutoString value;
        htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils->GetSpecifiedProperty(curNode,
                                                         marginProperty,
                                                         value);
        float f;
        nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> unit;
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(htmlEditor);
        htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils->ParseLength(value, &f,
                                               getter_AddRefs(unit));
        if (f > 0) {
          ChangeIndentation(*curNode->AsElement(), Change::minus);
          continue;
        }
      }
      // Is it a list item?
      if (HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(curNode)) {
        // If it is a list item, that means we are not outdenting whole list.
        // So we need to finish up dealing with any curBlockQuote, and then pop
        // this list item.
        if (curBlockQuote) {
          rv = OutdentPartOfBlock(*curBlockQuote, *firstBQChild, *lastBQChild,
                                  curBlockQuoteIsIndentedWithCSS,
                                  getter_AddRefs(rememberedLeftBQ),
                                  getter_AddRefs(rememberedRightBQ));
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          curBlockQuote = nullptr;
          firstBQChild = nullptr;
          lastBQChild = nullptr;
          curBlockQuoteIsIndentedWithCSS = false;
        }
        bool unused;
        rv = PopListItem(GetAsDOMNode(curNode), &unused);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        continue;
      }
      // Do we have a blockquote that we are already committed to removing?
      if (curBlockQuote) {
        // If so, is this node a descendant?
        if (EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(curNode, curBlockQuote)) {
          lastBQChild = curNode;
          // Then we don't need to do anything different for this node
          continue;
        }
        // Otherwise, we have progressed beyond end of curBlockQuote, so
        // let's handle it now.  We need to remove the portion of
        // curBlockQuote that contains [firstBQChild - lastBQChild].
        rv = OutdentPartOfBlock(*curBlockQuote, *firstBQChild, *lastBQChild,
                                curBlockQuoteIsIndentedWithCSS,
                                getter_AddRefs(rememberedLeftBQ),
                                getter_AddRefs(rememberedRightBQ));
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        curBlockQuote = nullptr;
        firstBQChild = nullptr;
        lastBQChild = nullptr;
        curBlockQuoteIsIndentedWithCSS = false;
        // Fall out and handle curNode
      }

      // Are we inside a blockquote?
      OwningNonNull<nsINode> n = curNode;
      curBlockQuoteIsIndentedWithCSS = false;
      // Keep looking up the hierarchy as long as we don't hit the body or the
      // active editing host or a table element (other than an entire table)
      while (!n->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::body) && 
             htmlEditor->IsDescendantOfEditorRoot(n) &&
             (n->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::table) ||
              !HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(n))) {
        if (!n->GetParentNode()) {
          break;
        }
        n = *n->GetParentNode();
        if (n->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::blockquote)) {
          // If so, remember it and the first node we are taking out of it.
          curBlockQuote = n->AsElement();
          firstBQChild = curNode;
          lastBQChild = curNode;
          break;
        } else if (useCSS) {
          nsIAtom& marginProperty =
            MarginPropertyAtomForIndent(*htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils, curNode);
          nsAutoString value;
          htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils->GetSpecifiedProperty(*n, marginProperty,
                                                           value);
          float f;
          nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> unit;
          htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils->ParseLength(value, &f, getter_AddRefs(unit));
          if (f > 0 && !(HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curParent) &&
                         HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curNode))) {
            curBlockQuote = n->AsElement();
            firstBQChild = curNode;
            lastBQChild = curNode;
            curBlockQuoteIsIndentedWithCSS = true;
            break;
          }
        }
      }

      if (!curBlockQuote) {
        // Couldn't find enclosing blockquote.  Handle list cases.
        if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curParent)) {
          // Move node out of list
          if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curNode)) {
            // Just unwrap this sublist
            rv = htmlEditor->RemoveBlockContainer(curNode);
            NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          }
          // handled list item case above
        } else if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curNode)) {
          // node is a list, but parent is non-list: move list items out
          nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> child = curNode->GetLastChild();
          while (child) {
            if (HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(child)) {
              bool unused;
              rv = PopListItem(GetAsDOMNode(child), &unused);
              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
            } else if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(child)) {
              // We have an embedded list, so move it out from under the parent
              // list. Be sure to put it after the parent list because this
              // loop iterates backwards through the parent's list of children.

              rv = htmlEditor->MoveNode(child, curParent, offset + 1);
              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
            } else {
              // Delete any non-list items for now
              rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(child);
              NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
            }
            child = curNode->GetLastChild();
          }
          // Delete the now-empty list
          rv = htmlEditor->RemoveBlockContainer(curNode);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        } else if (useCSS) {
          nsCOMPtr<Element> element;
          if (curNode->GetAsText()) {
            // We want to outdent the parent of text nodes
            element = curNode->GetParentElement();
          } else if (curNode->IsElement()) {
            element = curNode->AsElement();
          }
          if (element) {
            ChangeIndentation(*element, Change::minus);
          }
        }
      }
    }
    if (curBlockQuote) {
      // We have a blockquote we haven't finished handling
      rv = OutdentPartOfBlock(*curBlockQuote, *firstBQChild, *lastBQChild,
                              curBlockQuoteIsIndentedWithCSS,
                              getter_AddRefs(rememberedLeftBQ),
                              getter_AddRefs(rememberedRightBQ));
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
  }
  // Make sure selection didn't stick to last piece of content in old bq (only
  // a problem for collapsed selections)
  if (rememberedLeftBQ || rememberedRightBQ) {
    if (aSelection.Collapsed()) {
      // Push selection past end of rememberedLeftBQ
      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aSelection.GetRangeAt(0), NS_OK);
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> startNode = aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
      int32_t startOffset = aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();
      if (rememberedLeftBQ &&
          (startNode == rememberedLeftBQ ||
           EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(startNode, rememberedLeftBQ))) {
        // Selection is inside rememberedLeftBQ - push it past it.
        startNode = rememberedLeftBQ->GetParentNode();
        startOffset = startNode ? 1 + startNode->IndexOf(rememberedLeftBQ) : 0;
        aSelection.Collapse(startNode, startOffset);
      }
      // And pull selection before beginning of rememberedRightBQ
      startNode = aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
      startOffset = aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();
      if (rememberedRightBQ &&
          (startNode == rememberedRightBQ ||
           EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(startNode, rememberedRightBQ))) {
        // Selection is inside rememberedRightBQ - push it before it.
        startNode = rememberedRightBQ->GetParentNode();
        startOffset = startNode ? startNode->IndexOf(rememberedRightBQ) : -1;
        aSelection.Collapse(startNode, startOffset);
      }
    }
    return NS_OK;
  }
  return NS_OK;
}


/**
 * RemovePartOfBlock() splits aBlock and move aStartChild to aEndChild out of
 * aBlock.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::RemovePartOfBlock(Element& aBlock,
                                 nsIContent& aStartChild,
                                 nsIContent& aEndChild)
{
  SplitBlock(aBlock, aStartChild, aEndChild);
  // Get rid of part of blockquote we are outdenting

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->RemoveBlockContainer(aBlock);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  return NS_OK;
}

void
HTMLEditRules::SplitBlock(Element& aBlock,
                          nsIContent& aStartChild,
                          nsIContent& aEndChild,
                          nsIContent** aOutLeftNode,
                          nsIContent** aOutRightNode,
                          nsIContent** aOutMiddleNode)
{
  // aStartChild and aEndChild must be exclusive descendants of aBlock
  MOZ_ASSERT(EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(&aStartChild, &aBlock) &&
             EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(&aEndChild, &aBlock));
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  // Get split point location
  OwningNonNull<nsIContent> startParent = *aStartChild.GetParent();
  int32_t startOffset = startParent->IndexOf(&aStartChild);

  // Do the splits!
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> newMiddleNode1;
  htmlEditor->SplitNodeDeep(aBlock, startParent, startOffset,
                            HTMLEditor::EmptyContainers::no,
                            aOutLeftNode, getter_AddRefs(newMiddleNode1));

  // Get split point location
  OwningNonNull<nsIContent> endParent = *aEndChild.GetParent();
  // +1 because we want to be after the child
  int32_t endOffset = 1 + endParent->IndexOf(&aEndChild);

  // Do the splits!
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> newMiddleNode2;
  htmlEditor->SplitNodeDeep(aBlock, endParent, endOffset,
                            HTMLEditor::EmptyContainers::no,
                            getter_AddRefs(newMiddleNode2), aOutRightNode);

  if (aOutMiddleNode) {
    if (newMiddleNode2) {
      newMiddleNode2.forget(aOutMiddleNode);
    } else {
      newMiddleNode1.forget(aOutMiddleNode);
    }
  }
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::OutdentPartOfBlock(Element& aBlock,
                                  nsIContent& aStartChild,
                                  nsIContent& aEndChild,
                                  bool aIsBlockIndentedWithCSS,
                                  nsIContent** aOutLeftNode,
                                  nsIContent** aOutRightNode)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aOutLeftNode && aOutRightNode);

  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> middleNode;
  SplitBlock(aBlock, aStartChild, aEndChild, aOutLeftNode, aOutRightNode,
             getter_AddRefs(middleNode));

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(middleNode);

  if (!aIsBlockIndentedWithCSS) {
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->RemoveBlockContainer(*middleNode);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  } else if (middleNode->IsElement()) {
    // We do nothing if middleNode isn't an element
    nsresult rv = ChangeIndentation(*middleNode->AsElement(), Change::minus);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }

  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * ConvertListType() converts list type and list item type.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::ConvertListType(Element* aList,
                               Element** aOutList,
                               nsIAtom* aListType,
                               nsIAtom* aItemType)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aList);
  MOZ_ASSERT(aOutList);
  MOZ_ASSERT(aListType);
  MOZ_ASSERT(aItemType);

  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> child = aList->GetFirstChild();
  while (child) {
    if (child->IsElement()) {
      dom::Element* element = child->AsElement();
      if (HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(element) &&
          !element->IsHTMLElement(aItemType)) {
        child = mHTMLEditor->ReplaceContainer(element, aItemType);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(child);
      } else if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(element) &&
                 !element->IsHTMLElement(aListType)) {
        nsCOMPtr<dom::Element> temp;
        nsresult rv = ConvertListType(child->AsElement(), getter_AddRefs(temp),
                                      aListType, aItemType);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        child = temp.forget();
      }
    }
    child = child->GetNextSibling();
  }

  if (aList->IsHTMLElement(aListType)) {
    nsCOMPtr<dom::Element> list = aList->AsElement();
    list.forget(aOutList);
    return NS_OK;
  }

  *aOutList = mHTMLEditor->ReplaceContainer(aList, aListType).take();
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(aOutList);

  return NS_OK;
}


/**
 * CreateStyleForInsertText() takes care of clearing and setting appropriate
 * style nodes for text insertion.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::CreateStyleForInsertText(Selection& aSelection,
                                        nsIDocument& aDoc)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(mHTMLEditor->mTypeInState);

  bool weDidSomething = false;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(aSelection.GetRangeAt(0));
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node = aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
  int32_t offset = aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();

  // next examine our present style and make sure default styles are either
  // present or explicitly overridden.  If neither, add the default style to
  // the TypeInState
  int32_t length = mHTMLEditor->mDefaultStyles.Length();
  for (int32_t j = 0; j < length; j++) {
    PropItem* propItem = mHTMLEditor->mDefaultStyles[j];
    MOZ_ASSERT(propItem);
    bool bFirst, bAny, bAll;

    // GetInlineProperty also examine TypeInState.  The only gotcha here is
    // that a cleared property looks like an unset property.  For now I'm
    // assuming that's not a problem: that default styles will always be
    // multivalue styles (like font face or size) where clearing the style
    // means we want to go back to the default.  If we ever wanted a "toggle"
    // style like bold for a default, though, I'll have to add code to detect
    // the difference between unset and explicitly cleared, else user would
    // never be able to unbold, for instance.
    nsAutoString curValue;
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsresult rv =
      mHTMLEditor->GetInlinePropertyBase(*propItem->tag, &propItem->attr,
                                         nullptr, &bFirst, &bAny, &bAll,
                                         &curValue, false);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

    if (!bAny) {
      // no style set for this prop/attr
      mHTMLEditor->mTypeInState->SetProp(propItem->tag, propItem->attr,
                                         propItem->value);
    }
  }

  nsCOMPtr<Element> rootElement = aDoc.GetRootElement();
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(rootElement);

  // process clearing any styles first
  UniquePtr<PropItem> item =
    Move(mHTMLEditor->mTypeInState->TakeClearProperty());
  while (item && node != rootElement) {
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsresult rv =
      mHTMLEditor->ClearStyle(address_of(node), &offset,
                              item->tag, &item->attr);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    item = Move(mHTMLEditor->mTypeInState->TakeClearProperty());
    weDidSomething = true;
  }

  // then process setting any styles
  int32_t relFontSize = mHTMLEditor->mTypeInState->TakeRelativeFontSize();
  item = Move(mHTMLEditor->mTypeInState->TakeSetProperty());

  if (item || relFontSize) {
    // we have at least one style to add; make a new text node to insert style
    // nodes above.
    if (RefPtr<Text> text = node->GetAsText()) {
      // if we are in a text node, split it
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      offset = mHTMLEditor->SplitNodeDeep(*text, *text, offset);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(offset != -1);
      node = node->GetParentNode();
    }
    if (!mHTMLEditor->IsContainer(node)) {
      return NS_OK;
    }
    OwningNonNull<Text> newNode = aDoc.CreateTextNode(EmptyString());
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->InsertNode(*newNode, *node, offset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    node = newNode;
    offset = 0;
    weDidSomething = true;

    if (relFontSize) {
      // dir indicated bigger versus smaller.  1 = bigger, -1 = smaller
      HTMLEditor::FontSize dir = relFontSize > 0 ?
        HTMLEditor::FontSize::incr : HTMLEditor::FontSize::decr;
      for (int32_t j = 0; j < DeprecatedAbs(relFontSize); j++) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->RelativeFontChangeOnTextNode(dir, newNode, 0, -1);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
    }

    while (item) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->SetInlinePropertyOnNode(*node->AsContent(),
                                                *item->tag, &item->attr,
                                                item->value);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      item = mHTMLEditor->mTypeInState->TakeSetProperty();
    }
  }
  if (weDidSomething) {
    return aSelection.Collapse(node, offset);
  }

  return NS_OK;
}


/**
 * Figure out if aNode is (or is inside) an empty block.  A block can have
 * children and still be considered empty, if the children are empty or
 * non-editable.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::IsEmptyBlock(Element& aNode,
                            bool* aOutIsEmptyBlock,
                            MozBRCounts aMozBRCounts)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aOutIsEmptyBlock);
  *aOutIsEmptyBlock = true;

  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(IsBlockNode(aNode), NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  return mHTMLEditor->IsEmptyNode(aNode.AsDOMNode(), aOutIsEmptyBlock,
                                  aMozBRCounts == MozBRCounts::yes ? false
                                                                   : true);
}


nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillAlign(Selection& aSelection,
                         const nsAString& aAlignType,
                         bool* aCancel,
                         bool* aHandled)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aCancel && aHandled);

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  WillInsert(aSelection, aCancel);

  // Initialize out param.  We want to ignore result of WillInsert().
  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = false;

  nsresult rv = NormalizeSelection(&aSelection);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  AutoSelectionRestorer selectionRestorer(&aSelection, htmlEditor);

  // Convert the selection ranges into "promoted" selection ranges: This
  // basically just expands the range to include the immediate block parent,
  // and then further expands to include any ancestors whose children are all
  // in the range
  *aHandled = true;
  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> nodeArray;
  rv = GetNodesFromSelection(aSelection, EditAction::align, nodeArray);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // If we don't have any nodes, or we have only a single br, then we are
  // creating an empty alignment div.  We have to do some different things for
  // these.
  bool emptyDiv = nodeArray.IsEmpty();
  if (nodeArray.Length() == 1) {
    OwningNonNull<nsINode> node = nodeArray[0];

    if (HTMLEditUtils::SupportsAlignAttr(GetAsDOMNode(node))) {
      // The node is a table element, an hr, a paragraph, a div or a section
      // header; in HTML 4, it can directly carry the ALIGN attribute and we
      // don't need to make a div! If we are in CSS mode, all the work is done
      // in AlignBlock
      rv = AlignBlock(*node->AsElement(), aAlignType, ContentsOnly::yes);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      return NS_OK;
    }

    if (TextEditUtils::IsBreak(node)) {
      // The special case emptyDiv code (below) that consumes BRs can cause
      // tables to split if the start node of the selection is not in a table
      // cell or caption, for example parent is a <tr>.  Avoid this unnecessary
      // splitting if possible by leaving emptyDiv FALSE so that we fall
      // through to the normal case alignment code.
      //
      // XXX: It seems a little error prone for the emptyDiv special case code
      // to assume that the start node of the selection is the parent of the
      // single node in the nodeArray, as the paragraph above points out. Do we
      // rely on the selection start node because of the fact that nodeArray
      // can be empty?  We should probably revisit this issue. - kin

      NS_ENSURE_STATE(aSelection.GetRangeAt(0) &&
                      aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent());
      OwningNonNull<nsINode> parent =
        *aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();

      emptyDiv = !HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(parent) ||
                 HTMLEditUtils::IsTableCellOrCaption(parent);
    }
  }
  if (emptyDiv) {
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent =
      aSelection.GetRangeAt(0) ? aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent()
                               : nullptr;
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(parent);
    int32_t offset = aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();

    rv = SplitAsNeeded(*nsGkAtoms::div, parent, offset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    // Consume a trailing br, if any.  This is to keep an alignment from
    // creating extra lines, if possible.
    nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> brContent =
      htmlEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(parent, offset);
    if (brContent && TextEditUtils::IsBreak(brContent)) {
      // Making use of html structure... if next node after where we are
      // putting our div is not a block, then the br we found is in same block
      // we are, so it's safe to consume it.
      nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> sibling = htmlEditor->GetNextHTMLSibling(parent,
                                                                    offset);
      if (sibling && !IsBlockNode(*sibling)) {
        rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(brContent);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
    }
    nsCOMPtr<Element> div = htmlEditor->CreateNode(nsGkAtoms::div, parent,
                                                   offset);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(div);
    // Remember our new block for postprocessing
    mNewBlock = div;
    // Set up the alignment on the div, using HTML or CSS
    rv = AlignBlock(*div, aAlignType, ContentsOnly::yes);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    *aHandled = true;
    // Put in a moz-br so that it won't get deleted
    rv = CreateMozBR(div->AsDOMNode(), 0);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    rv = aSelection.Collapse(div, 0);
    // Don't restore the selection
    selectionRestorer.Abort();
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // Next we detect all the transitions in the array, where a transition
  // means that adjacent nodes in the array don't have the same parent.

  nsTArray<bool> transitionList;
  MakeTransitionList(nodeArray, transitionList);

  // Okay, now go through all the nodes and give them an align attrib or put
  // them in a div, or whatever is appropriate.  Woohoo!

  nsCOMPtr<Element> curDiv;
  bool useCSS = htmlEditor->IsCSSEnabled();
  for (size_t i = 0; i < nodeArray.Length(); i++) {
    auto& curNode = nodeArray[i];
    // Here's where we actually figure out what to do

    // Ignore all non-editable nodes.  Leave them be.
    if (!htmlEditor->IsEditable(curNode)) {
      continue;
    }

    // The node is a table element, an hr, a paragraph, a div or a section
    // header; in HTML 4, it can directly carry the ALIGN attribute and we
    // don't need to nest it, just set the alignment.  In CSS, assign the
    // corresponding CSS styles in AlignBlock
    if (HTMLEditUtils::SupportsAlignAttr(GetAsDOMNode(curNode))) {
      rv = AlignBlock(*curNode->AsElement(), aAlignType, ContentsOnly::no);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      // Clear out curDiv so that we don't put nodes after this one into it
      curDiv = nullptr;
      continue;
    }

    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> curParent = curNode->GetParentNode();
    if (!curParent) {
      continue;
    }

    int32_t offset = curParent->IndexOf(curNode);

    // Skip insignificant formatting text nodes to prevent unnecessary
    // structure splitting!
    bool isEmptyTextNode = false;
    if (curNode->GetAsText() &&
        ((HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(curParent) &&
          !HTMLEditUtils::IsTableCellOrCaption(*curParent)) ||
         HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curParent) ||
         (NS_SUCCEEDED(htmlEditor->IsEmptyNode(curNode, &isEmptyTextNode)) &&
          isEmptyTextNode))) {
      continue;
    }

    // If it's a list item, or a list inside a list, forget any "current" div,
    // and instead put divs inside the appropriate block (td, li, etc.)
    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(curNode) ||
        HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curNode)) {
      rv = RemoveAlignment(GetAsDOMNode(curNode), aAlignType, true);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      if (useCSS) {
        htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils->SetCSSEquivalentToHTMLStyle(
            curNode->AsElement(), nullptr, &NS_LITERAL_STRING("align"),
            &aAlignType, false);
        curDiv = nullptr;
        continue;
      }
      if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curParent)) {
        // If we don't use CSS, add a contraint to list element: they have to
        // be inside another list, i.e., >= second level of nesting
        rv = AlignInnerBlocks(*curNode, &aAlignType);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        curDiv = nullptr;
        continue;
      }
      // Clear out curDiv so that we don't put nodes after this one into it
    }

    // Need to make a div to put things in if we haven't already, or if this
    // node doesn't go in div we used earlier.
    if (!curDiv || transitionList[i]) {
      // First, check that our element can contain a div.
      if (!mTextEditor->CanContainTag(*curParent, *nsGkAtoms::div)) {
        // Cancelled
        return NS_OK;
      }

      rv = SplitAsNeeded(*nsGkAtoms::div, curParent, offset);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      curDiv = htmlEditor->CreateNode(nsGkAtoms::div, curParent, offset);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(curDiv);
      // Remember our new block for postprocessing
      mNewBlock = curDiv;
      // Set up the alignment on the div
      rv = AlignBlock(*curDiv, aAlignType, ContentsOnly::yes);
    }

    NS_ENSURE_STATE(curNode->IsContent());

    // Tuck the node into the end of the active div
    rv = htmlEditor->MoveNode(curNode->AsContent(), curDiv, -1);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }

  return NS_OK;
}


/**
 * AlignInnerBlocks() aligns inside table cells or list items.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::AlignInnerBlocks(nsINode& aNode,
                                const nsAString* alignType)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(alignType, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  // Gather list of table cells or list items
  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> nodeArray;
  TableCellAndListItemFunctor functor;
  DOMIterator iter(aNode);
  iter.AppendList(functor, nodeArray);

  // Now that we have the list, align their contents as requested
  for (auto& node : nodeArray) {
    nsresult rv = AlignBlockContents(GetAsDOMNode(node), alignType);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }

  return NS_OK;
}


/**
 * AlignBlockContents() aligns contents of a block element.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::AlignBlockContents(nsIDOMNode* aNode,
                                  const nsAString* alignType)
{
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node = do_QueryInterface(aNode);
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(node && alignType, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> firstChild, lastChild;
  nsCOMPtr<Element> divNode;

  bool useCSS = mHTMLEditor->IsCSSEnabled();

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  firstChild = mHTMLEditor->GetFirstEditableChild(*node);
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  lastChild = mHTMLEditor->GetLastEditableChild(*node);
  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(attr, "align");
  if (!firstChild) {
    // this cell has no content, nothing to align
  } else if (firstChild == lastChild &&
             firstChild->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::div)) {
    // the cell already has a div containing all of its content: just
    // act on this div.
    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> divElem = do_QueryInterface(firstChild);
    if (useCSS) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->SetAttributeOrEquivalent(divElem, attr,
                                                          *alignType, false);
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
    } else {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->SetAttribute(divElem, attr, *alignType);
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
    }
  } else {
    // else we need to put in a div, set the alignment, and toss in all the children
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    divNode = mHTMLEditor->CreateNode(nsGkAtoms::div, node, 0);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(divNode);
    // set up the alignment on the div
    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> divElem = do_QueryInterface(divNode);
    if (useCSS) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsresult rv =
        mHTMLEditor->SetAttributeOrEquivalent(divElem, attr, *alignType, false);
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
    } else {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->SetAttribute(divElem, attr, *alignType);
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
    }
    // tuck the children into the end of the active div
    while (lastChild && (lastChild != divNode)) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(lastChild, divNode, 0);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      lastChild = mHTMLEditor->GetLastEditableChild(*node);
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * CheckForEmptyBlock() is called by WillDeleteSelection() to detect and handle
 * case of deleting from inside an empty block.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::CheckForEmptyBlock(nsINode* aStartNode,
                                  Element* aBodyNode,
                                  Selection* aSelection,
                                  nsIEditor::EDirection aAction,
                                  bool* aHandled)
{
  // If the editing host is an inline element, bail out early.
  if (aBodyNode && IsInlineNode(*aBodyNode)) {
    return NS_OK;
  }
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  // If we are inside an empty block, delete it.  Note: do NOT delete table
  // elements this way.
  nsCOMPtr<Element> block = htmlEditor->GetBlock(*aStartNode);
  bool bIsEmptyNode;
  nsCOMPtr<Element> emptyBlock;
  if (block && block != aBodyNode) {
    // Efficiency hack, avoiding IsEmptyNode() call when in body
    nsresult rv = htmlEditor->IsEmptyNode(block, &bIsEmptyNode, true, false);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    while (block && bIsEmptyNode && !HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(block) &&
           block != aBodyNode) {
      emptyBlock = block;
      block = htmlEditor->GetBlockNodeParent(emptyBlock);
      if (block) {
        rv = htmlEditor->IsEmptyNode(block, &bIsEmptyNode, true, false);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
    }
  }

  if (emptyBlock && emptyBlock->IsEditable()) {
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> blockParent = emptyBlock->GetParentNode();
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(blockParent, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
    int32_t offset = blockParent->IndexOf(emptyBlock);

    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(emptyBlock)) {
      // Are we the first list item in the list?
      bool bIsFirst;
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(htmlEditor);
      nsresult rv =
        htmlEditor->IsFirstEditableChild(GetAsDOMNode(emptyBlock), &bIsFirst);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      if (bIsFirst) {
        nsCOMPtr<nsINode> listParent = blockParent->GetParentNode();
        NS_ENSURE_TRUE(listParent, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
        int32_t listOffset = listParent->IndexOf(blockParent);
        // If we are a sublist, skip the br creation
        if (!HTMLEditUtils::IsList(listParent)) {
          // Create a br before list
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(htmlEditor);
          nsCOMPtr<Element> br =
            htmlEditor->CreateBR(listParent, listOffset);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(br);
          // Adjust selection to be right before it
          rv = aSelection->Collapse(listParent, listOffset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        }
        // Else just let selection percolate up.  We'll adjust it in
        // AfterEdit()
      }
    } else {
      if (aAction == nsIEditor::eNext || aAction == nsIEditor::eNextWord ||
          aAction == nsIEditor::eToEndOfLine) {
        // Move to the start of the next node, if any
        nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> nextNode = htmlEditor->GetNextNode(blockParent,
                                                                offset + 1, true);
        if (nextNode) {
          EditorDOMPoint pt = GetGoodSelPointForNode(*nextNode, aAction);
          nsresult rv = aSelection->Collapse(pt.node, pt.offset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        } else {
          // Adjust selection to be right after it.
          nsresult rv = aSelection->Collapse(blockParent, offset + 1);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        }
      } else if (aAction == nsIEditor::ePrevious ||
                 aAction == nsIEditor::ePreviousWord ||
                 aAction == nsIEditor::eToBeginningOfLine) {
        // Move to the end of the previous node
        nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> priorNode = htmlEditor->GetPriorNode(blockParent,
                                                                  offset,
                                                                  true);
        if (priorNode) {
          EditorDOMPoint pt = GetGoodSelPointForNode(*priorNode, aAction);
          nsresult rv = aSelection->Collapse(pt.node, pt.offset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        } else {
          nsresult rv = aSelection->Collapse(blockParent, offset + 1);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        }
      } else if (aAction != nsIEditor::eNone) {
        NS_RUNTIMEABORT("CheckForEmptyBlock doesn't support this action yet");
      }
    }
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(htmlEditor);
    *aHandled = true;
    nsresult rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(emptyBlock);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

Element*
HTMLEditRules::CheckForInvisibleBR(Element& aBlock,
                                   BRLocation aWhere,
                                   int32_t aOffset)
{
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> testNode;
  int32_t testOffset = 0;

  if (aWhere == BRLocation::blockEnd) {
    // No block crossing
    nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> rightmostNode =
      mHTMLEditor->GetRightmostChild(&aBlock, true);

    if (!rightmostNode) {
      return nullptr;
    }

    testNode = rightmostNode->GetParentNode();
    // Use offset + 1, so last node is included in our evaluation
    testOffset = testNode->IndexOf(rightmostNode) + 1;
  } else if (aOffset) {
    testNode = &aBlock;
    // We'll check everything to the left of the input position
    testOffset = aOffset;
  } else {
    return nullptr;
  }

  WSRunObject wsTester(mHTMLEditor, testNode, testOffset);
  if (WSType::br == wsTester.mStartReason) {
    return wsTester.mStartReasonNode->AsElement();
  }

  return nullptr;
}

/**
 * aLists and aTables allow the caller to specify what kind of content to
 * "look inside".  If aTables is Tables::yes, look inside any table content,
 * and insert the inner content into the supplied issupportsarray at offset
 * aIndex.  Similarly with aLists and list content.  aIndex is updated to
 * point past inserted elements.
 */
void
HTMLEditRules::GetInnerContent(
                 nsINode& aNode,
                 nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& aOutArrayOfNodes,
                 int32_t* aIndex,
                 Lists aLists,
                 Tables aTables)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aIndex);

  for (nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> node = mHTMLEditor->GetFirstEditableChild(aNode);
       node; node = node->GetNextSibling()) {
    if ((aLists == Lists::yes && (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(node) ||
                                  HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(node))) ||
        (aTables == Tables::yes && HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(node))) {
      GetInnerContent(*node, aOutArrayOfNodes, aIndex, aLists, aTables);
    } else {
      aOutArrayOfNodes.InsertElementAt(*aIndex, *node);
      (*aIndex)++;
    }
  }
}

/**
 * Promotes selection to include blocks that have all their children selected.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::ExpandSelectionForDeletion(Selection& aSelection)
{
  // Don't need to touch collapsed selections
  if (aSelection.Collapsed()) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // We don't need to mess with cell selections, and we assume multirange
  // selections are those.
  if (aSelection.RangeCount() != 1) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // Find current sel start and end
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aSelection.GetRangeAt(0), NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
  OwningNonNull<nsRange> range = *aSelection.GetRangeAt(0);

  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selStartNode = range->GetStartParent();
  int32_t selStartOffset = range->StartOffset();
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selEndNode = range->GetEndParent();
  int32_t selEndOffset = range->EndOffset();

  // Find current selection common block parent
  nsCOMPtr<Element> selCommon =
    HTMLEditor::GetBlock(*range->GetCommonAncestor());
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(selCommon);

  // Set up for loops and cache our root element
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> firstBRParent;
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> unused;
  int32_t visOffset = 0, firstBROffset = 0;
  WSType wsType;
  nsCOMPtr<Element> root = mHTMLEditor->GetActiveEditingHost();
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(root, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);

  // Find previous visible thingy before start of selection
  if (selStartNode != selCommon && selStartNode != root) {
    while (true) {
      WSRunObject wsObj(mHTMLEditor, selStartNode, selStartOffset);
      wsObj.PriorVisibleNode(selStartNode, selStartOffset, address_of(unused),
                             &visOffset, &wsType);
      if (wsType != WSType::thisBlock) {
        break;
      }
      // We want to keep looking up.  But stop if we are crossing table
      // element boundaries, or if we hit the root.
      if (HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(wsObj.mStartReasonNode) ||
          selCommon == wsObj.mStartReasonNode ||
          root == wsObj.mStartReasonNode) {
        break;
      }
      selStartNode = wsObj.mStartReasonNode->GetParentNode();
      selStartOffset = selStartNode ?
        selStartNode->IndexOf(wsObj.mStartReasonNode) : -1;
    }
  }

  // Find next visible thingy after end of selection
  if (selEndNode != selCommon && selEndNode != root) {
    for (;;) {
      WSRunObject wsObj(mHTMLEditor, selEndNode, selEndOffset);
      wsObj.NextVisibleNode(selEndNode, selEndOffset, address_of(unused),
                            &visOffset, &wsType);
      if (wsType == WSType::br) {
        if (mHTMLEditor->IsVisBreak(wsObj.mEndReasonNode)) {
          break;
        }
        if (!firstBRParent) {
          firstBRParent = selEndNode;
          firstBROffset = selEndOffset;
        }
        selEndNode = wsObj.mEndReasonNode->GetParentNode();
        selEndOffset = selEndNode
          ? selEndNode->IndexOf(wsObj.mEndReasonNode) + 1 : 0;
      } else if (wsType == WSType::thisBlock) {
        // We want to keep looking up.  But stop if we are crossing table
        // element boundaries, or if we hit the root.
        if (HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(wsObj.mEndReasonNode) ||
            selCommon == wsObj.mEndReasonNode ||
            root == wsObj.mEndReasonNode) {
          break;
        }
        selEndNode = wsObj.mEndReasonNode->GetParentNode();
        selEndOffset = 1 + selEndNode->IndexOf(wsObj.mEndReasonNode);
      } else {
        break;
      }
    }
  }
  // Now set the selection to the new range
  aSelection.Collapse(selStartNode, selStartOffset);

  // Expand selection endpoint only if we didn't pass a br, or if we really
  // needed to pass that br (i.e., its block is now totally selected)
  bool doEndExpansion = true;
  if (firstBRParent) {
    // Find block node containing br
    nsCOMPtr<Element> brBlock = HTMLEditor::GetBlock(*firstBRParent);
    bool nodeBefore = false, nodeAfter = false;

    // Create a range that represents expanded selection
    RefPtr<nsRange> range = new nsRange(selStartNode);
    nsresult rv = range->SetStartAndEnd(selStartNode, selStartOffset,
                                        selEndNode, selEndOffset);
    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
      return rv;
    }

    // Check if block is entirely inside range
    if (brBlock) {
      nsRange::CompareNodeToRange(brBlock, range, &nodeBefore, &nodeAfter);
    }

    // If block isn't contained, forgo grabbing the br in expanded selection
    if (nodeBefore || nodeAfter) {
      doEndExpansion = false;
    }
  }
  if (doEndExpansion) {
    nsresult rv = aSelection.Extend(selEndNode, selEndOffset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  } else {
    // Only expand to just before br
    nsresult rv = aSelection.Extend(firstBRParent, firstBROffset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }

  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * NormalizeSelection() tweaks non-collapsed selections to be more "natural".
 * Idea here is to adjust selection endpoint so that they do not cross breaks
 * or block boundaries unless something editable beyond that boundary is also
 * selected.  This adjustment makes it much easier for the various block
 * operations to determine what nodes to act on.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::NormalizeSelection(Selection* inSelection)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(inSelection, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  // don't need to touch collapsed selections
  if (inSelection->Collapsed()) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  int32_t rangeCount;
  nsresult rv = inSelection->GetRangeCount(&rangeCount);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // we don't need to mess with cell selections, and we assume multirange selections are those.
  if (rangeCount != 1) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  RefPtr<nsRange> range = inSelection->GetRangeAt(0);
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(range, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> startNode, endNode;
  uint32_t startOffset, endOffset;
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> newStartNode, newEndNode;

  rv = range->GetStartContainer(getter_AddRefs(startNode));
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  rv = range->GetStartOffset(&startOffset);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  rv = range->GetEndContainer(getter_AddRefs(endNode));
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  rv = range->GetEndOffset(&endOffset);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // adjusted values default to original values
  newStartNode = startNode;
  uint32_t newStartOffset = startOffset;
  newEndNode = endNode;
  uint32_t newEndOffset = endOffset;

  // some locals we need for whitespace code
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> unused;
  int32_t offset = -1;
  WSType wsType;

  // let the whitespace code do the heavy lifting
  WSRunObject wsEndObj(mHTMLEditor, endNode, static_cast<int32_t>(endOffset));
  // is there any intervening visible whitespace?  if so we can't push selection past that,
  // it would visibly change maening of users selection
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> endNode_(do_QueryInterface(endNode));
  wsEndObj.PriorVisibleNode(endNode_, static_cast<int32_t>(endOffset),
                            address_of(unused), &offset, &wsType);
  if (wsType != WSType::text && wsType != WSType::normalWS) {
    // eThisBlock and eOtherBlock conveniently distinquish cases
    // of going "down" into a block and "up" out of a block.
    if (wsEndObj.mStartReason == WSType::otherBlock) {
      // endpoint is just after the close of a block.
      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> child =
        GetAsDOMNode(mHTMLEditor->GetRightmostChild(wsEndObj.mStartReasonNode,
                                                    true));
      if (child) {
        int32_t offset = -1;
        newEndNode = EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(child, &offset);
        // offset *after* child
        newEndOffset = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset + 1);
      }
      // else block is empty - we can leave selection alone here, i think.
    } else if (wsEndObj.mStartReason == WSType::thisBlock) {
      // endpoint is just after start of this block
      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> child;
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLNode(endNode, static_cast<int32_t>(endOffset),
                                    address_of(child));
      if (child) {
        int32_t offset = -1;
        newEndNode = EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(child, &offset);
        // offset *after* child
        newEndOffset = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset + 1);
      }
      // else block is empty - we can leave selection alone here, i think.
    } else if (wsEndObj.mStartReason == WSType::br) {
      // endpoint is just after break.  lets adjust it to before it.
      int32_t offset = -1;
      newEndNode =
        EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(GetAsDOMNode(wsEndObj.mStartReasonNode),
                                    &offset);
      newEndOffset = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);;
    }
  }


  // similar dealio for start of range
  WSRunObject wsStartObj(mHTMLEditor, startNode,
                         static_cast<int32_t>(startOffset));
  // is there any intervening visible whitespace?  if so we can't push selection past that,
  // it would visibly change maening of users selection
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> startNode_(do_QueryInterface(startNode));
  wsStartObj.NextVisibleNode(startNode_, static_cast<int32_t>(startOffset),
                             address_of(unused), &offset, &wsType);
  if (wsType != WSType::text && wsType != WSType::normalWS) {
    // eThisBlock and eOtherBlock conveniently distinquish cases
    // of going "down" into a block and "up" out of a block.
    if (wsStartObj.mEndReason == WSType::otherBlock) {
      // startpoint is just before the start of a block.
      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> child =
        GetAsDOMNode(mHTMLEditor->GetLeftmostChild(wsStartObj.mEndReasonNode,
                                                   true));
      if (child) {
        int32_t offset = -1;
        newStartNode = EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(child, &offset);
        newStartOffset = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);
      }
      // else block is empty - we can leave selection alone here, i think.
    } else if (wsStartObj.mEndReason == WSType::thisBlock) {
      // startpoint is just before end of this block
      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> child;
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(startNode, static_cast<int32_t>(startOffset),
                                   address_of(child));
      if (child) {
        int32_t offset = -1;
        newStartNode = EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(child, &offset);
        newStartOffset = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);
      }
      // else block is empty - we can leave selection alone here, i think.
    } else if (wsStartObj.mEndReason == WSType::br) {
      // startpoint is just before a break.  lets adjust it to after it.
      int32_t offset = -1;
      newStartNode =
        EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(GetAsDOMNode(wsStartObj.mEndReasonNode),
                                    &offset);
      // offset *after* break
      newStartOffset = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset + 1);
      ++newStartOffset; // offset *after* break
    }
  }

  // there is a demented possiblity we have to check for.  We might have a very strange selection
  // that is not collapsed and yet does not contain any editable content, and satisfies some of the
  // above conditions that cause tweaking.  In this case we don't want to tweak the selection into
  // a block it was never in, etc.  There are a variety of strategies one might use to try to
  // detect these cases, but I think the most straightforward is to see if the adjusted locations
  // "cross" the old values: ie, new end before old start, or new start after old end.  If so
  // then just leave things alone.

  int16_t comp;
  comp = nsContentUtils::ComparePoints(startNode, startOffset,
                                       newEndNode, newEndOffset);
  if (comp == 1) {
    return NS_OK;  // New end before old start.
  }
  comp = nsContentUtils::ComparePoints(newStartNode, newStartOffset,
                                       endNode, endOffset);
  if (comp == 1) {
    return NS_OK;  // New start after old end.
  }

  // otherwise set selection to new values.
  inSelection->Collapse(newStartNode, newStartOffset);
  inSelection->Extend(newEndNode, newEndOffset);
  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * GetPromotedPoint() figures out where a start or end point for a block
 * operation really is.
 */
void
HTMLEditRules::GetPromotedPoint(RulesEndpoint aWhere,
                                nsIDOMNode* aNode,
                                int32_t aOffset,
                                EditAction actionID,
                                nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode>* outNode,
                                int32_t* outOffset)
{
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node = do_QueryInterface(aNode);
  MOZ_ASSERT(node && outNode && outOffset);

  // default values
  *outNode = node->AsDOMNode();
  *outOffset = aOffset;

  // we do one thing for text actions, something else entirely for other
  // actions
  if (actionID == EditAction::insertText ||
      actionID == EditAction::insertIMEText ||
      actionID == EditAction::insertBreak ||
      actionID == EditAction::deleteText) {
    bool isSpace, isNBSP;
    nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content = do_QueryInterface(node), temp;
    // for text actions, we want to look backwards (or forwards, as
    // appropriate) for additional whitespace or nbsp's.  We may have to act on
    // these later even though they are outside of the initial selection.  Even
    // if they are in another node!
    while (content) {
      int32_t offset;
      if (aWhere == kStart) {
        NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
        mHTMLEditor->IsPrevCharInNodeWhitespace(content, *outOffset,
                                                &isSpace, &isNBSP,
                                                getter_AddRefs(temp), &offset);
      } else {
        NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
        mHTMLEditor->IsNextCharInNodeWhitespace(content, *outOffset,
                                                &isSpace, &isNBSP,
                                                getter_AddRefs(temp), &offset);
      }
      if (isSpace || isNBSP) {
        content = temp;
        *outOffset = offset;
      } else {
        break;
      }
    }

    *outNode = content->AsDOMNode();
    return;
  }

  int32_t offset = aOffset;

  // else not a text section.  In this case we want to see if we should grab
  // any adjacent inline nodes and/or parents and other ancestors
  if (aWhere == kStart) {
    // some special casing for text nodes
    if (node->IsNodeOfType(nsINode::eTEXT)) {
      if (!node->GetParentNode()) {
        // Okay, can't promote any further
        return;
      }
      offset = node->GetParentNode()->IndexOf(node);
      node = node->GetParentNode();
    }

    // look back through any further inline nodes that aren't across a <br>
    // from us, and that are enclosed in the same block.
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> priorNode =
      mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLNode(node, offset, true);

    while (priorNode && priorNode->GetParentNode() &&
           mHTMLEditor && !mHTMLEditor->IsVisBreak(priorNode) &&
           !IsBlockNode(*priorNode)) {
      offset = priorNode->GetParentNode()->IndexOf(priorNode);
      node = priorNode->GetParentNode();
      NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
      priorNode = mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLNode(node, offset, true);
    }

    // finding the real start for this point.  look up the tree for as long as
    // we are the first node in the container, and as long as we haven't hit
    // the body node.
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
    nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> nearNode =
      mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLNode(node, offset, true);
    while (!nearNode && !node->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::body) &&
           node->GetParentNode()) {
      // some cutoffs are here: we don't need to also include them in the
      // aWhere == kEnd case.  as long as they are in one or the other it will
      // work.  special case for outdent: don't keep looking up if we have
      // found a blockquote element to act on
      if (actionID == EditAction::outdent &&
          node->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::blockquote)) {
        break;
      }

      int32_t parentOffset = node->GetParentNode()->IndexOf(node);
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = node->GetParentNode();

      // Don't walk past the editable section. Note that we need to check
      // before walking up to a parent because we need to return the parent
      // object, so the parent itself might not be in the editable area, but
      // it's OK if we're not performing a block-level action.
      bool blockLevelAction = actionID == EditAction::indent ||
                              actionID == EditAction::outdent ||
                              actionID == EditAction::align ||
                              actionID == EditAction::makeBasicBlock;
      NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
      if (!mHTMLEditor->IsDescendantOfEditorRoot(parent) &&
          (blockLevelAction || !mHTMLEditor ||
           !mHTMLEditor->IsDescendantOfEditorRoot(node))) {
        NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
        break;
      }

      node = parent;
      offset = parentOffset;
      NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
      nearNode = mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLNode(node, offset, true);
    }
    *outNode = node->AsDOMNode();
    *outOffset = offset;
    return;
  }

  // aWhere == kEnd
  // some special casing for text nodes
  if (node->IsNodeOfType(nsINode::eTEXT)) {
    if (!node->GetParentNode()) {
      // Okay, can't promote any further
      return;
    }
    // want to be after the text node
    offset = 1 + node->GetParentNode()->IndexOf(node);
    node = node->GetParentNode();
  }

  // look ahead through any further inline nodes that aren't across a <br> from
  // us, and that are enclosed in the same block.
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mHTMLEditor, /* void */);
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> nextNode =
    mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(node, offset, true);

  while (nextNode && !IsBlockNode(*nextNode) && nextNode->GetParentNode()) {
    offset = 1 + nextNode->GetParentNode()->IndexOf(nextNode);
    node = nextNode->GetParentNode();
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
    if (mHTMLEditor->IsVisBreak(nextNode)) {
      break;
    }

    // Check for newlines in pre-formatted text nodes.
    bool isPRE;
    mHTMLEditor->IsPreformatted(nextNode->AsDOMNode(), &isPRE);
    if (isPRE) {
      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMText> textNode = do_QueryInterface(nextNode);
      if (textNode) {
        nsAutoString tempString;
        textNode->GetData(tempString);
        int32_t newlinePos = tempString.FindChar(nsCRT::LF);
        if (newlinePos >= 0) {
          if (static_cast<uint32_t>(newlinePos) + 1 == tempString.Length()) {
            // No need for special processing if the newline is at the end.
            break;
          }
          *outNode = nextNode->AsDOMNode();
          *outOffset = newlinePos + 1;
          return;
        }
      }
    }
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
    nextNode = mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(node, offset, true);
  }

  // finding the real end for this point.  look up the tree for as long as we
  // are the last node in the container, and as long as we haven't hit the body
  // node.
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> nearNode =
    mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(node, offset, true);
  while (!nearNode && !node->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::body) &&
         node->GetParentNode()) {
    int32_t parentOffset = node->GetParentNode()->IndexOf(node);
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = node->GetParentNode();

    // Don't walk past the editable section. Note that we need to check before
    // walking up to a parent because we need to return the parent object, so
    // the parent itself might not be in the editable area, but it's OK.
    if ((!mHTMLEditor || !mHTMLEditor->IsDescendantOfEditorRoot(node)) &&
        (!mHTMLEditor || !mHTMLEditor->IsDescendantOfEditorRoot(parent))) {
      NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
      break;
    }

    node = parent;
    // we want to be AFTER nearNode
    offset = parentOffset + 1;
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
    nearNode = mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(node, offset, true);
  }
  *outNode = node->AsDOMNode();
  *outOffset = offset;
}

/**
 * GetPromotedRanges() runs all the selection range endpoint through
 * GetPromotedPoint().
 */
void
HTMLEditRules::GetPromotedRanges(Selection& aSelection,
                                 nsTArray<RefPtr<nsRange>>& outArrayOfRanges,
                                 EditAction inOperationType)
{
  uint32_t rangeCount = aSelection.RangeCount();

  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < rangeCount; i++) {
    RefPtr<nsRange> selectionRange = aSelection.GetRangeAt(i);
    MOZ_ASSERT(selectionRange);

    // Clone range so we don't muck with actual selection ranges
    RefPtr<nsRange> opRange = selectionRange->CloneRange();

    // Make a new adjusted range to represent the appropriate block content.
    // The basic idea is to push out the range endpoints to truly enclose the
    // blocks that we will affect.  This call alters opRange.
    PromoteRange(*opRange, inOperationType);

    // Stuff new opRange into array
    outArrayOfRanges.AppendElement(opRange);
  }
}

/**
 * PromoteRange() expands a range to include any parents for which all editable
 * children are already in range.
 */
void
HTMLEditRules::PromoteRange(nsRange& aRange,
                            EditAction aOperationType)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mHTMLEditor, );
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> startNode = aRange.GetStartParent();
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> endNode = aRange.GetEndParent();
  int32_t startOffset = aRange.StartOffset();
  int32_t endOffset = aRange.EndOffset();

  // MOOSE major hack:
  // GetPromotedPoint doesn't really do the right thing for collapsed ranges
  // inside block elements that contain nothing but a solo <br>.  It's easier
  // to put a workaround here than to revamp GetPromotedPoint.  :-(
  if (startNode == endNode && startOffset == endOffset) {
    nsCOMPtr<Element> block = htmlEditor->GetBlock(*startNode);
    if (block) {
      bool bIsEmptyNode = false;
      nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> root = htmlEditor->GetActiveEditingHost();
      // Make sure we don't go higher than our root element in the content tree
      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(root, );
      if (!nsContentUtils::ContentIsDescendantOf(root, block)) {
        htmlEditor->IsEmptyNode(block, &bIsEmptyNode, true, false);
      }
      if (bIsEmptyNode) {
        startNode = block;
        endNode = block;
        startOffset = 0;
        endOffset = block->Length();
      }
    }
  }

  // Make a new adjusted range to represent the appropriate block content.
  // This is tricky.  The basic idea is to push out the range endpoints to
  // truly enclose the blocks that we will affect.

  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> opDOMStartNode;
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> opDOMEndNode;
  int32_t opStartOffset, opEndOffset;

  GetPromotedPoint(kStart, GetAsDOMNode(startNode), startOffset,
                   aOperationType, address_of(opDOMStartNode), &opStartOffset);
  GetPromotedPoint(kEnd, GetAsDOMNode(endNode), endOffset, aOperationType,
                   address_of(opDOMEndNode), &opEndOffset);

  // Make sure that the new range ends up to be in the editable section.
  if (!htmlEditor->IsDescendantOfEditorRoot(
        EditorBase::GetNodeAtRangeOffsetPoint(opDOMStartNode, opStartOffset)) ||
      !htmlEditor->IsDescendantOfEditorRoot(
        EditorBase::GetNodeAtRangeOffsetPoint(opDOMEndNode, opEndOffset - 1))) {
    return;
  }

  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> opStartNode = do_QueryInterface(opDOMStartNode);
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> opEndNode = do_QueryInterface(opDOMEndNode);
  DebugOnly<nsresult> rv =
    aRange.SetStartAndEnd(opStartNode, opStartOffset, opEndNode, opEndOffset);
  MOZ_ASSERT(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv));
}

class UniqueFunctor final : public BoolDomIterFunctor
{
public:
  explicit UniqueFunctor(nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& aArray)
    : mArray(aArray)
  {
  }

  // Used to build list of all nodes iterator covers.
  virtual bool operator()(nsINode* aNode) const
  {
    return !mArray.Contains(aNode);
  }

private:
  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& mArray;
};

/**
 * GetNodesForOperation() runs through the ranges in the array and construct a
 * new array of nodes to be acted on.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::GetNodesForOperation(
                 nsTArray<RefPtr<nsRange>>& aArrayOfRanges,
                 nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& aOutArrayOfNodes,
                 EditAction aOperationType,
                 TouchContent aTouchContent)
{
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  int32_t rangeCount = aArrayOfRanges.Length();
  if (aTouchContent == TouchContent::yes) {
    // Split text nodes. This is necessary, since GetPromotedPoint() may return a
    // range ending in a text node in case where part of a pre-formatted
    // elements needs to be moved.
    for (int32_t i = 0; i < rangeCount; i++) {
      RefPtr<nsRange> r = aArrayOfRanges[i];
      nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> endParent = do_QueryInterface(r->GetEndParent());
      if (!htmlEditor->IsTextNode(endParent)) {
        continue;
      }
      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMText> textNode = do_QueryInterface(endParent);
      if (textNode) {
        int32_t offset = r->EndOffset();
        nsAutoString tempString;
        textNode->GetData(tempString);

        if (0 < offset && offset < static_cast<int32_t>(tempString.Length())) {
          // Split the text node.
          nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> tempNode;
          nsresult rv = htmlEditor->SplitNode(endParent->AsDOMNode(), offset,
                                              getter_AddRefs(tempNode));
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

          // Correct the range.
          // The new end parent becomes the parent node of the text.
          nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> newParent = endParent->GetParent();
          r->SetEnd(newParent, newParent->IndexOf(endParent));
        }
      }
    }
  }

  // Bust up any inlines that cross our range endpoints, but only if we are
  // allowed to touch content.

  if (aTouchContent == TouchContent::yes) {
    nsTArray<OwningNonNull<RangeItem>> rangeItemArray;
    rangeItemArray.AppendElements(rangeCount);

    // First register ranges for special editor gravity
    for (int32_t i = 0; i < rangeCount; i++) {
      rangeItemArray[i] = new RangeItem();
      rangeItemArray[i]->StoreRange(aArrayOfRanges[0]);
      htmlEditor->mRangeUpdater.RegisterRangeItem(rangeItemArray[i]);
      aArrayOfRanges.RemoveElementAt(0);
    }
    // Now bust up inlines.
    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
    for (auto& item : Reversed(rangeItemArray)) {
      rv = BustUpInlinesAtRangeEndpoints(*item);
      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
        break;
      }
    }
    // Then unregister the ranges
    for (auto& item : rangeItemArray) {
      htmlEditor->mRangeUpdater.DropRangeItem(item);
      aArrayOfRanges.AppendElement(item->GetRange());
    }
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }
  // Gather up a list of all the nodes
  for (auto& range : aArrayOfRanges) {
    DOMSubtreeIterator iter;
    nsresult rv = iter.Init(*range);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    if (aOutArrayOfNodes.IsEmpty()) {
      iter.AppendList(TrivialFunctor(), aOutArrayOfNodes);
    } else {
      // We don't want duplicates in aOutArrayOfNodes, so we use an
      // iterator/functor that only return nodes that are not already in
      // aOutArrayOfNodes.
      nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> nodes;
      iter.AppendList(UniqueFunctor(aOutArrayOfNodes), nodes);
      aOutArrayOfNodes.AppendElements(nodes);
    }
  }

  // Certain operations should not act on li's and td's, but rather inside
  // them.  Alter the list as needed.
  if (aOperationType == EditAction::makeBasicBlock) {
    for (int32_t i = aOutArrayOfNodes.Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
      OwningNonNull<nsINode> node = aOutArrayOfNodes[i];
      if (HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(node)) {
        int32_t j = i;
        aOutArrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(i);
        GetInnerContent(*node, aOutArrayOfNodes, &j);
      }
    }
  }
  // Indent/outdent already do something special for list items, but we still
  // need to make sure we don't act on table elements
  else if (aOperationType == EditAction::outdent ||
           aOperationType == EditAction::indent ||
           aOperationType == EditAction::setAbsolutePosition) {
    for (int32_t i = aOutArrayOfNodes.Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
      OwningNonNull<nsINode> node = aOutArrayOfNodes[i];
      if (HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElementButNotTable(node)) {
        int32_t j = i;
        aOutArrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(i);
        GetInnerContent(*node, aOutArrayOfNodes, &j);
      }
    }
  }
  // Outdent should look inside of divs.
  if (aOperationType == EditAction::outdent &&
      !htmlEditor->IsCSSEnabled()) {
    for (int32_t i = aOutArrayOfNodes.Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
      OwningNonNull<nsINode> node = aOutArrayOfNodes[i];
      if (node->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::div)) {
        int32_t j = i;
        aOutArrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(i);
        GetInnerContent(*node, aOutArrayOfNodes, &j, Lists::no, Tables::no);
      }
    }
  }


  // Post-process the list to break up inline containers that contain br's, but
  // only for operations that might care, like making lists or paragraphs
  if (aOperationType == EditAction::makeBasicBlock ||
      aOperationType == EditAction::makeList ||
      aOperationType == EditAction::align ||
      aOperationType == EditAction::setAbsolutePosition ||
      aOperationType == EditAction::indent ||
      aOperationType == EditAction::outdent) {
    for (int32_t i = aOutArrayOfNodes.Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
      OwningNonNull<nsINode> node = aOutArrayOfNodes[i];
      if (aTouchContent == TouchContent::yes && IsInlineNode(node) &&
          htmlEditor->IsContainer(node) && !htmlEditor->IsTextNode(node)) {
        nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfInlines;
        nsresult rv = BustUpInlinesAtBRs(*node->AsContent(), arrayOfInlines);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

        // Put these nodes in aOutArrayOfNodes, replacing the current node
        aOutArrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(i);
        aOutArrayOfNodes.InsertElementsAt(i, arrayOfInlines);
      }
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

void
HTMLEditRules::GetChildNodesForOperation(
                 nsINode& aNode,
                 nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& outArrayOfNodes)
{
  for (nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> child = aNode.GetFirstChild();
       child; child = child->GetNextSibling()) {
    outArrayOfNodes.AppendElement(*child);
  }
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::GetListActionNodes(
                 nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& aOutArrayOfNodes,
                 EntireList aEntireList,
                 TouchContent aTouchContent)
{
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  RefPtr<Selection> selection = htmlEditor->GetSelection();
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(selection, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);

  // Added this in so that ui code can ask to change an entire list, even if
  // selection is only in part of it.  used by list item dialog.
  if (aEntireList == EntireList::yes) {
    uint32_t rangeCount = selection->RangeCount();
    for (uint32_t rangeIdx = 0; rangeIdx < rangeCount; ++rangeIdx) {
      RefPtr<nsRange> range = selection->GetRangeAt(rangeIdx);
      for (nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = range->GetCommonAncestor();
           parent; parent = parent->GetParentNode()) {
        if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(parent)) {
          aOutArrayOfNodes.AppendElement(*parent);
          break;
        }
      }
    }
    // If we didn't find any nodes this way, then try the normal way.  Perhaps
    // the selection spans multiple lists but with no common list parent.
    if (!aOutArrayOfNodes.IsEmpty()) {
      return NS_OK;
    }
  }

  {
    // We don't like other people messing with our selection!
    AutoTransactionsConserveSelection dontSpazMySelection(htmlEditor);

    // contruct a list of nodes to act on.
    nsresult rv = GetNodesFromSelection(*selection, EditAction::makeList,
                                        aOutArrayOfNodes, aTouchContent);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }

  // Pre-process our list of nodes
  for (int32_t i = aOutArrayOfNodes.Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
    OwningNonNull<nsINode> testNode = aOutArrayOfNodes[i];

    // Remove all non-editable nodes.  Leave them be.
    if (!htmlEditor->IsEditable(testNode)) {
      aOutArrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(i);
      continue;
    }

    // Scan for table elements and divs.  If we find table elements other than
    // table, replace it with a list of any editable non-table content.
    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElementButNotTable(testNode)) {
      int32_t j = i;
      aOutArrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(i);
      GetInnerContent(*testNode, aOutArrayOfNodes, &j, Lists::no);
    }
  }

  // If there is only one node in the array, and it is a list, div, or
  // blockquote, then look inside of it until we find inner list or content.
  LookInsideDivBQandList(aOutArrayOfNodes);

  return NS_OK;
}

void
HTMLEditRules::LookInsideDivBQandList(
                 nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& aNodeArray)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mHTMLEditor, );
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  // If there is only one node in the array, and it is a list, div, or
  // blockquote, then look inside of it until we find inner list or content.
  if (aNodeArray.Length() != 1) {
    return;
  }

  OwningNonNull<nsINode> curNode = aNodeArray[0];

  while (curNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::div) ||
         HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curNode) ||
         curNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::blockquote)) {
    // Dive as long as there's only one child, and it's a list, div, blockquote
    uint32_t numChildren = htmlEditor->CountEditableChildren(curNode);
    if (numChildren != 1) {
      break;
    }

    // Keep diving!  XXX One would expect to dive into the one editable node.
    nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> child = curNode->GetFirstChild();
    if (!child->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::div) &&
        !HTMLEditUtils::IsList(child) &&
        !child->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::blockquote)) {
      break;
    }

    // check editability XXX floppy moose
    curNode = child;
  }

  // We've found innermost list/blockquote/div: replace the one node in the
  // array with these nodes
  aNodeArray.RemoveElementAt(0);
  if (curNode->IsAnyOfHTMLElements(nsGkAtoms::div,
                                   nsGkAtoms::blockquote)) {
    int32_t j = 0;
    GetInnerContent(*curNode, aNodeArray, &j, Lists::no, Tables::no);
    return;
  }

  aNodeArray.AppendElement(*curNode);
}

void
HTMLEditRules::GetDefinitionListItemTypes(dom::Element* aElement,
                                          bool* aDT,
                                          bool* aDD)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aElement);
  MOZ_ASSERT(aElement->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::dl));
  MOZ_ASSERT(aDT);
  MOZ_ASSERT(aDD);

  *aDT = *aDD = false;
  for (nsIContent* child = aElement->GetFirstChild();
       child;
       child = child->GetNextSibling()) {
    if (child->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::dt)) {
      *aDT = true;
    } else if (child->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::dd)) {
      *aDD = true;
    }
  }
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::GetParagraphFormatNodes(
                 nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& outArrayOfNodes,
                 TouchContent aTouchContent)
{
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  RefPtr<Selection> selection = htmlEditor->GetSelection();
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(selection);

  // Contruct a list of nodes to act on.
  nsresult rv = GetNodesFromSelection(*selection, EditAction::makeBasicBlock,
                                      outArrayOfNodes, aTouchContent);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // Pre-process our list of nodes
  for (int32_t i = outArrayOfNodes.Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
    OwningNonNull<nsINode> testNode = outArrayOfNodes[i];

    // Remove all non-editable nodes.  Leave them be.
    if (!htmlEditor->IsEditable(testNode)) {
      outArrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(i);
      continue;
    }

    // Scan for table elements.  If we find table elements other than table,
    // replace it with a list of any editable non-table content.  Ditto for
    // list elements.
    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(testNode) ||
        HTMLEditUtils::IsList(testNode) ||
        HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(testNode)) {
      int32_t j = i;
      outArrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(i);
      GetInnerContent(testNode, outArrayOfNodes, &j);
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::BustUpInlinesAtRangeEndpoints(RangeItem& item)
{
  bool isCollapsed = ((item.startNode == item.endNode) && (item.startOffset == item.endOffset));

  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> endInline = GetHighestInlineParent(*item.endNode);

  // if we have inline parents above range endpoints, split them
  if (endInline && !isCollapsed) {
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> resultEndNode = endInline->GetParentNode();
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    // item.endNode must be content if endInline isn't null
    int32_t resultEndOffset =
      mHTMLEditor->SplitNodeDeep(*endInline, *item.endNode->AsContent(),
                                 item.endOffset,
                                 EditorBase::EmptyContainers::no);
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(resultEndOffset != -1, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
    // reset range
    item.endNode = resultEndNode;
    item.endOffset = resultEndOffset;
  }

  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> startInline = GetHighestInlineParent(*item.startNode);

  if (startInline) {
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> resultStartNode = startInline->GetParentNode();
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    int32_t resultStartOffset =
      mHTMLEditor->SplitNodeDeep(*startInline, *item.startNode->AsContent(),
                                 item.startOffset,
                                 EditorBase::EmptyContainers::no);
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(resultStartOffset != -1, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
    // reset range
    item.startNode = resultStartNode;
    item.startOffset = resultStartOffset;
  }

  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::BustUpInlinesAtBRs(
                 nsIContent& aNode,
                 nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& aOutArrayOfNodes)
{
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  // First build up a list of all the break nodes inside the inline container.
  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfBreaks;
  BRNodeFunctor functor;
  DOMIterator iter(aNode);
  iter.AppendList(functor, arrayOfBreaks);

  // If there aren't any breaks, just put inNode itself in the array
  if (arrayOfBreaks.IsEmpty()) {
    aOutArrayOfNodes.AppendElement(aNode);
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // Else we need to bust up inNode along all the breaks
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> inlineParentNode = aNode.GetParentNode();
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> splitDeepNode = &aNode;
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> leftNode, rightNode;

  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < arrayOfBreaks.Length(); i++) {
    OwningNonNull<Element> breakNode = *arrayOfBreaks[i]->AsElement();
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(splitDeepNode, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(breakNode->GetParent(), NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
    OwningNonNull<nsIContent> splitParentNode = *breakNode->GetParent();
    int32_t splitOffset = splitParentNode->IndexOf(breakNode);

    int32_t resultOffset =
      htmlEditor->SplitNodeDeep(*splitDeepNode, splitParentNode, splitOffset,
                                HTMLEditor::EmptyContainers::yes,
                                getter_AddRefs(leftNode),
                                getter_AddRefs(rightNode));
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(resultOffset != -1);

    // Put left node in node list
    if (leftNode) {
      // Might not be a left node.  A break might have been at the very
      // beginning of inline container, in which case SplitNodeDeep would not
      // actually split anything
      aOutArrayOfNodes.AppendElement(*leftNode);
    }
    // Move break outside of container and also put in node list
    nsresult rv =
      htmlEditor->MoveNode(breakNode, inlineParentNode, resultOffset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    aOutArrayOfNodes.AppendElement(*breakNode);

    // Now rightNode becomes the new node to split
    splitDeepNode = rightNode;
  }
  // Now tack on remaining rightNode, if any, to the list
  if (rightNode) {
    aOutArrayOfNodes.AppendElement(*rightNode);
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsIContent*
HTMLEditRules::GetHighestInlineParent(nsINode& aNode)
{
  if (!aNode.IsContent() || IsBlockNode(aNode)) {
    return nullptr;
  }
  OwningNonNull<nsIContent> node = *aNode.AsContent();

  while (node->GetParent() && IsInlineNode(*node->GetParent())) {
    node = *node->GetParent();
  }
  return node;
}

/**
 * GetNodesFromPoint() constructs a list of nodes from a point that will be
 * operated on.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::GetNodesFromPoint(
                 EditorDOMPoint aPoint,
                 EditAction aOperation,
                 nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& outArrayOfNodes,
                 TouchContent aTouchContent)
{
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(aPoint.node);
  RefPtr<nsRange> range = new nsRange(aPoint.node);
  nsresult rv = range->SetStart(aPoint.node, aPoint.offset);
  MOZ_ASSERT(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv));

  // Expand the range to include adjacent inlines
  PromoteRange(*range, aOperation);

  // Make array of ranges
  nsTArray<RefPtr<nsRange>> arrayOfRanges;

  // Stuff new opRange into array
  arrayOfRanges.AppendElement(range);

  // Use these ranges to contruct a list of nodes to act on
  rv = GetNodesForOperation(arrayOfRanges, outArrayOfNodes, aOperation,
                            aTouchContent);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * GetNodesFromSelection() constructs a list of nodes from the selection that
 * will be operated on.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::GetNodesFromSelection(
                 Selection& aSelection,
                 EditAction aOperation,
                 nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& outArrayOfNodes,
                 TouchContent aTouchContent)
{
  // Promote selection ranges
  nsTArray<RefPtr<nsRange>> arrayOfRanges;
  GetPromotedRanges(aSelection, arrayOfRanges, aOperation);

  // Use these ranges to contruct a list of nodes to act on.
  nsresult rv = GetNodesForOperation(arrayOfRanges, outArrayOfNodes,
                                     aOperation, aTouchContent);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * MakeTransitionList() detects all the transitions in the array, where a
 * transition means that adjacent nodes in the array don't have the same parent.
 */
void
HTMLEditRules::MakeTransitionList(nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& aNodeArray,
                                  nsTArray<bool>& aTransitionArray)
{
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> prevParent;

  aTransitionArray.EnsureLengthAtLeast(aNodeArray.Length());
  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aNodeArray.Length(); i++) {
    if (aNodeArray[i]->GetParentNode() != prevParent) {
      // Different parents: transition point
      aTransitionArray[i] = true;
    } else {
      // Same parents: these nodes grew up together
      aTransitionArray[i] = false;
    }
    prevParent = aNodeArray[i]->GetParentNode();
  }
}

/**
 * If aNode is the descendant of a listitem, return that li.  But table element
 * boundaries are stoppers on the search.  Also stops on the active editor host
 * (contenteditable).  Also test if aNode is an li itself.
 */
Element*
HTMLEditRules::IsInListItem(nsINode* aNode)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aNode, nullptr);
  if (HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(aNode)) {
    return aNode->AsElement();
  }

  Element* parent = aNode->GetParentElement();
  while (parent &&
         mHTMLEditor && mHTMLEditor->IsDescendantOfEditorRoot(parent) &&
         !HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(parent)) {
    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(parent)) {
      return parent;
    }
    parent = parent->GetParentElement();
  }
  return nullptr;
}

/**
 * ReturnInHeader: do the right thing for returns pressed in headers
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::ReturnInHeader(Selection& aSelection,
                              Element& aHeader,
                              nsINode& aNode,
                              int32_t aOffset)
{
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  // Remember where the header is
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> headerParent = aHeader.GetParentNode();
  int32_t offset = headerParent ? headerParent->IndexOf(&aHeader) : -1;

  // Get ws code to adjust any ws
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node = &aNode;
  nsresult rv = WSRunObject::PrepareToSplitAcrossBlocks(htmlEditor,
                                                        address_of(node),
                                                        &aOffset);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // Split the header
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(node->IsContent());
  htmlEditor->SplitNodeDeep(aHeader, *node->AsContent(), aOffset);

  // If the left-hand heading is empty, put a mozbr in it
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> prevItem = htmlEditor->GetPriorHTMLSibling(&aHeader);
  if (prevItem && HTMLEditUtils::IsHeader(*prevItem)) {
    bool isEmptyNode;
    rv = htmlEditor->IsEmptyNode(prevItem, &isEmptyNode);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    if (isEmptyNode) {
      rv = CreateMozBR(prevItem->AsDOMNode(), 0);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
  }

  // If the new (righthand) header node is empty, delete it
  bool isEmpty;
  rv = IsEmptyBlock(aHeader, &isEmpty, MozBRCounts::no);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  if (isEmpty) {
    rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(&aHeader);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    // Layout tells the caret to blink in a weird place if we don't place a
    // break after the header.
    nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> sibling =
      htmlEditor->GetNextHTMLSibling(headerParent, offset + 1);
    if (!sibling || !sibling->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::br)) {
      ClearCachedStyles();
      htmlEditor->mTypeInState->ClearAllProps();

      // Create a paragraph
      nsCOMPtr<Element> pNode =
        htmlEditor->CreateNode(nsGkAtoms::p, headerParent, offset + 1);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(pNode);

      // Append a <br> to it
      nsCOMPtr<Element> brNode = htmlEditor->CreateBR(pNode, 0);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(brNode);

      // Set selection to before the break
      rv = aSelection.Collapse(pNode, 0);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    } else {
      headerParent = sibling->GetParentNode();
      offset = headerParent ? headerParent->IndexOf(sibling) : -1;
      // Put selection after break
      rv = aSelection.Collapse(headerParent, offset + 1);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
  } else {
    // Put selection at front of righthand heading
    rv = aSelection.Collapse(&aHeader, 0);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * ReturnInParagraph() does the right thing for returns pressed in paragraphs.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::ReturnInParagraph(Selection* aSelection,
                                 nsIDOMNode* aPara,
                                 nsIDOMNode* aNode,
                                 int32_t aOffset,
                                 bool* aCancel,
                                 bool* aHandled)
{
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node = do_QueryInterface(aNode);
  if (!aSelection || !aPara || !node || !aCancel || !aHandled) {
    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
  }
  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = false;

  int32_t offset;
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(node, &offset);

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  bool doesCRCreateNewP = mHTMLEditor->GetReturnInParagraphCreatesNewParagraph();

  bool newBRneeded = false;
  bool newSelNode = false;
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> sibling;
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> selNode = aNode;
  int32_t selOffset = aOffset;

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  if (aNode == aPara && doesCRCreateNewP) {
    // we are at the edges of the block, newBRneeded not needed!
    sibling = node->AsContent();
  } else if (mHTMLEditor->IsTextNode(aNode)) {
    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMText> textNode = do_QueryInterface(aNode);
    uint32_t strLength;
    nsresult rv = textNode->GetLength(&strLength);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

    // at beginning of text node?
    if (!aOffset) {
      // is there a BR prior to it?
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      sibling = mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLSibling(node);
      if (!sibling || !mHTMLEditor || !mHTMLEditor->IsVisBreak(sibling) ||
          TextEditUtils::HasMozAttr(GetAsDOMNode(sibling))) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        newBRneeded = true;
      }
    } else if (aOffset == (int32_t)strLength) {
      // we're at the end of text node...
      // is there a BR after to it?
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      sibling = mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLSibling(node);
      if (!sibling || !mHTMLEditor || !mHTMLEditor->IsVisBreak(sibling) ||
          TextEditUtils::HasMozAttr(GetAsDOMNode(sibling))) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        newBRneeded = true;
        offset++;
      }
    } else {
      if (doesCRCreateNewP) {
        nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> tmp;
        rv = mTextEditor->SplitNode(aNode, aOffset, getter_AddRefs(tmp));
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        selNode = tmp;
      }

      newBRneeded = true;
      offset++;
    }
  } else {
    // not in a text node.
    // is there a BR prior to it?
    nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> nearNode;
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nearNode = mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLNode(node, aOffset);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    if (!nearNode || !mHTMLEditor->IsVisBreak(nearNode) ||
        TextEditUtils::HasMozAttr(GetAsDOMNode(nearNode))) {
      // is there a BR after it?
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nearNode = mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(node, aOffset);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      if (!nearNode || !mHTMLEditor->IsVisBreak(nearNode) ||
          TextEditUtils::HasMozAttr(GetAsDOMNode(nearNode))) {
        newBRneeded = true;
        parent = node;
        offset = aOffset;
        newSelNode = true;
      }
    }
    if (!newBRneeded) {
      sibling = nearNode;
    }
  }
  if (newBRneeded) {
    // if CR does not create a new P, default to BR creation
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(doesCRCreateNewP, NS_OK);

    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    sibling = mHTMLEditor->CreateBR(parent, offset);
    if (newSelNode) {
      // We split the parent after the br we've just inserted.
      selNode = GetAsDOMNode(parent);
      selOffset = offset + 1;
    }
  }
  *aHandled = true;
  return SplitParagraph(aPara, sibling, aSelection, address_of(selNode), &selOffset);
}

/**
 * SplitParagraph() splits a paragraph at selection point, possibly deleting a
 * br.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::SplitParagraph(nsIDOMNode *aPara,
                              nsIContent* aBRNode,
                              Selection* aSelection,
                              nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode>* aSelNode,
                              int32_t* aOffset)
{
  nsCOMPtr<Element> para = do_QueryInterface(aPara);
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(para && aBRNode && aSelNode && *aSelNode && aOffset &&
                 aSelection, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  // split para
  // get ws code to adjust any ws
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> leftPara, rightPara;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selNode(do_QueryInterface(*aSelNode));
  nsresult rv =
    WSRunObject::PrepareToSplitAcrossBlocks(mHTMLEditor,
                                            address_of(selNode), aOffset);
  // XXX When it fails, why do we need to return selection node?  (Why can the
  //     caller trust the result even when it returns error?)
  *aSelNode = GetAsDOMNode(selNode);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  // split the paragraph
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(selNode->IsContent());
  mHTMLEditor->SplitNodeDeep(*para, *selNode->AsContent(), *aOffset,
                             HTMLEditor::EmptyContainers::yes,
                             getter_AddRefs(leftPara),
                             getter_AddRefs(rightPara));
  // get rid of the break, if it is visible (otherwise it may be needed to prevent an empty p)
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  if (mHTMLEditor->IsVisBreak(aBRNode)) {
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    rv = mHTMLEditor->DeleteNode(aBRNode);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }

  // remove ID attribute on the paragraph we just created
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> rightElt = do_QueryInterface(rightPara);
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  rv = mHTMLEditor->RemoveAttribute(rightElt, NS_LITERAL_STRING("id"));
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // check both halves of para to see if we need mozBR
  rv = InsertMozBRIfNeeded(*leftPara);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  rv = InsertMozBRIfNeeded(*rightPara);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // selection to beginning of right hand para;
  // look inside any containers that are up front.
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> rightParaNode = do_QueryInterface(rightPara);
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor && rightParaNode);
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> child =
    GetAsDOMNode(mHTMLEditor->GetLeftmostChild(rightParaNode, true));
  if (mHTMLEditor->IsTextNode(child) ||
      mHTMLEditor->IsContainer(child)) {
    aSelection->Collapse(child,0);
  } else {
    int32_t offset;
    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> parent = EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(child, &offset);
    aSelection->Collapse(parent,offset);
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * ReturnInListItem: do the right thing for returns pressed in list items
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::ReturnInListItem(Selection& aSelection,
                                Element& aListItem,
                                nsINode& aNode,
                                int32_t aOffset)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(&aListItem));

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  // Get the item parent and the active editing host.
  nsCOMPtr<Element> root = htmlEditor->GetActiveEditingHost();

  nsCOMPtr<Element> list = aListItem.GetParentElement();
  int32_t itemOffset = list ? list->IndexOf(&aListItem) : -1;

  // If we are in an empty item, then we want to pop up out of the list, but
  // only if prefs say it's okay and if the parent isn't the active editing
  // host.
  bool isEmpty;
  nsresult rv = IsEmptyBlock(aListItem, &isEmpty, MozBRCounts::no);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  if (isEmpty && root != list && mReturnInEmptyLIKillsList) {
    // Get the list offset now -- before we might eventually split the list
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> listParent = list->GetParentNode();
    int32_t offset = listParent ? listParent->IndexOf(list) : -1;

    // Are we the last list item in the list?
    bool isLast;
    rv = htmlEditor->IsLastEditableChild(aListItem.AsDOMNode(), &isLast);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    if (!isLast) {
      // We need to split the list!
      ErrorResult rv;
      htmlEditor->SplitNode(*list, itemOffset, rv);
      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(!rv.Failed(), rv.StealNSResult());
    }

    // Are we in a sublist?
    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(listParent)) {
      // If so, move item out of this list and into the grandparent list
      rv = htmlEditor->MoveNode(&aListItem, listParent, offset + 1);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      rv = aSelection.Collapse(&aListItem, 0);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    } else {
      // Otherwise kill this item
      rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(&aListItem);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

      // Time to insert a paragraph
      nsCOMPtr<Element> pNode =
        htmlEditor->CreateNode(nsGkAtoms::p, listParent, offset + 1);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(pNode);

      // Append a <br> to it
      nsCOMPtr<Element> brNode = htmlEditor->CreateBR(pNode, 0);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(brNode);

      // Set selection to before the break
      rv = aSelection.Collapse(pNode, 0);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // Else we want a new list item at the same list level.  Get ws code to
  // adjust any ws.
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selNode = &aNode;
  rv = WSRunObject::PrepareToSplitAcrossBlocks(htmlEditor,
                                               address_of(selNode), &aOffset);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  // Now split list item
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(selNode->IsContent());
  htmlEditor->SplitNodeDeep(aListItem, *selNode->AsContent(), aOffset);

  // Hack: until I can change the damaged doc range code back to being
  // extra-inclusive, I have to manually detect certain list items that may be
  // left empty.
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> prevItem = htmlEditor->GetPriorHTMLSibling(&aListItem);
  if (prevItem && HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(prevItem)) {
    bool isEmptyNode;
    rv = htmlEditor->IsEmptyNode(prevItem, &isEmptyNode);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    if (isEmptyNode) {
      rv = CreateMozBR(prevItem->AsDOMNode(), 0);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    } else {
      rv = htmlEditor->IsEmptyNode(&aListItem, &isEmptyNode, true);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      if (isEmptyNode) {
        nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> nodeAtom = aListItem.NodeInfo()->NameAtom();
        if (nodeAtom == nsGkAtoms::dd || nodeAtom == nsGkAtoms::dt) {
          nsCOMPtr<nsINode> list = aListItem.GetParentNode();
          int32_t itemOffset = list ? list->IndexOf(&aListItem) : -1;

          nsIAtom* listAtom = nodeAtom == nsGkAtoms::dt ? nsGkAtoms::dd
                                                        : nsGkAtoms::dt;
          nsCOMPtr<Element> newListItem =
            htmlEditor->CreateNode(listAtom, list, itemOffset + 1);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(newListItem);
          rv = mTextEditor->DeleteNode(&aListItem);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          rv = aSelection.Collapse(newListItem, 0);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

          return NS_OK;
        }

        nsCOMPtr<Element> brNode;
        rv = htmlEditor->CopyLastEditableChildStyles(GetAsDOMNode(prevItem),
                                                     GetAsDOMNode(&aListItem),
                                                     getter_AddRefs(brNode));
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        if (brNode) {
          nsCOMPtr<nsINode> brParent = brNode->GetParentNode();
          int32_t offset = brParent ? brParent->IndexOf(brNode) : -1;
          rv = aSelection.Collapse(brParent, offset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          return NS_OK;
        }
      } else {
        WSRunObject wsObj(htmlEditor, &aListItem, 0);
        nsCOMPtr<nsINode> visNode;
        int32_t visOffset = 0;
        WSType wsType;
        wsObj.NextVisibleNode(&aListItem, 0, address_of(visNode),
                              &visOffset, &wsType);
        if (wsType == WSType::special || wsType == WSType::br ||
            visNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::hr)) {
          nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = visNode->GetParentNode();
          int32_t offset = parent ? parent->IndexOf(visNode) : -1;
          rv = aSelection.Collapse(parent, offset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          return NS_OK;
        } else {
          rv = aSelection.Collapse(visNode, visOffset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          return NS_OK;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  rv = aSelection.Collapse(&aListItem, 0);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * MakeBlockquote() puts the list of nodes into one or more blockquotes.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::MakeBlockquote(nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& aNodeArray)
{
  // The idea here is to put the nodes into a minimal number of blockquotes.
  // When the user blockquotes something, they expect one blockquote.  That may
  // not be possible (for instance, if they have two table cells selected, you
  // need two blockquotes inside the cells).
  nsCOMPtr<Element> curBlock;
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> prevParent;

  for (auto& curNode : aNodeArray) {
    // Get the node to act on, and its location
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(curNode->IsContent());

    // If the node is a table element or list item, dive inside
    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElementButNotTable(curNode) ||
        HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(curNode)) {
      // Forget any previous block
      curBlock = nullptr;
      // Recursion time
      nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> childArray;
      GetChildNodesForOperation(*curNode, childArray);
      nsresult rv = MakeBlockquote(childArray);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }

    // If the node has different parent than previous node, further nodes in a
    // new parent
    if (prevParent) {
      if (prevParent != curNode->GetParentNode()) {
        // Forget any previous blockquote node we were using
        curBlock = nullptr;
        prevParent = curNode->GetParentNode();
      }
    } else {
      prevParent = curNode->GetParentNode();
    }

    // If no curBlock, make one
    if (!curBlock) {
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> curParent = curNode->GetParentNode();
      int32_t offset = curParent ? curParent->IndexOf(curNode) : -1;
      nsresult rv = SplitAsNeeded(*nsGkAtoms::blockquote, curParent, offset);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      curBlock = mHTMLEditor->CreateNode(nsGkAtoms::blockquote, curParent,
                                         offset);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(curBlock);
      // remember our new block for postprocessing
      mNewBlock = curBlock;
      // note: doesn't matter if we set mNewBlock multiple times.
    }

    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(curNode->AsContent(), curBlock, -1);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * RemoveBlockStyle() makes the nodes have no special block type.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::RemoveBlockStyle(nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& aNodeArray)
{
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  // Intent of this routine is to be used for converting to/from headers,
  // paragraphs, pre, and address.  Those blocks that pretty much just contain
  // inline things...
  nsCOMPtr<Element> curBlock;
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> firstNode, lastNode;
  for (auto& curNode : aNodeArray) {
    // If curNode is a address, p, header, address, or pre, remove it
    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsFormatNode(curNode)) {
      // Process any partial progress saved
      if (curBlock) {
        nsresult rv = RemovePartOfBlock(*curBlock, *firstNode, *lastNode);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        firstNode = lastNode = curBlock = nullptr;
      }
      // Remove current block
      nsresult rv = htmlEditor->RemoveBlockContainer(*curNode->AsContent());
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    } else if (curNode->IsAnyOfHTMLElements(nsGkAtoms::table,
                                            nsGkAtoms::tr,
                                            nsGkAtoms::tbody,
                                            nsGkAtoms::td,
                                            nsGkAtoms::li,
                                            nsGkAtoms::blockquote,
                                            nsGkAtoms::div) ||
                HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curNode)) {
      // Process any partial progress saved
      if (curBlock) {
        nsresult rv = RemovePartOfBlock(*curBlock, *firstNode, *lastNode);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        firstNode = lastNode = curBlock = nullptr;
      }
      // Recursion time
      nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> childArray;
      GetChildNodesForOperation(*curNode, childArray);
      nsresult rv = RemoveBlockStyle(childArray);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    } else if (IsInlineNode(curNode)) {
      if (curBlock) {
        // If so, is this node a descendant?
        if (EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(curNode, curBlock)) {
          // Then we don't need to do anything different for this node
          lastNode = curNode->AsContent();
          continue;
        }
        // Otherwise, we have progressed beyond end of curBlock, so let's
        // handle it now.  We need to remove the portion of curBlock that
        // contains [firstNode - lastNode].
        nsresult rv = RemovePartOfBlock(*curBlock, *firstNode, *lastNode);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        firstNode = lastNode = curBlock = nullptr;
        // Fall out and handle curNode
      }
      curBlock = htmlEditor->GetBlockNodeParent(curNode);
      if (curBlock && HTMLEditUtils::IsFormatNode(curBlock)) {
        firstNode = lastNode = curNode->AsContent();
      } else {
        // Not a block kind that we care about.
        curBlock = nullptr;
      }
    } else if (curBlock) {
      // Some node that is already sans block style.  Skip over it and process
      // any partial progress saved.
      nsresult rv = RemovePartOfBlock(*curBlock, *firstNode, *lastNode);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      firstNode = lastNode = curBlock = nullptr;
    }
  }
  // Process any partial progress saved
  if (curBlock) {
    nsresult rv = RemovePartOfBlock(*curBlock, *firstNode, *lastNode);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    firstNode = lastNode = curBlock = nullptr;
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * ApplyBlockStyle() does whatever it takes to make the list of nodes into one
 * or more blocks of type aBlockTag.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::ApplyBlockStyle(nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& aNodeArray,
                               nsIAtom& aBlockTag)
{
  // Intent of this routine is to be used for converting to/from headers,
  // paragraphs, pre, and address.  Those blocks that pretty much just contain
  // inline things...
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  // Remove all non-editable nodes.  Leave them be.
  for (int32_t i = aNodeArray.Length() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
    if (!htmlEditor->IsEditable(aNodeArray[i])) {
      aNodeArray.RemoveElementAt(i);
    }
  }

  nsCOMPtr<Element> newBlock;

  nsCOMPtr<Element> curBlock;
  for (auto& curNode : aNodeArray) {
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> curParent = curNode->GetParentNode();
    int32_t offset = curParent ? curParent->IndexOf(curNode) : -1;

    // Is it already the right kind of block?
    if (curNode->IsHTMLElement(&aBlockTag)) {
      // Forget any previous block used for previous inline nodes
      curBlock = nullptr;
      // Do nothing to this block
      continue;
    }

    // If curNode is a address, p, header, address, or pre, replace it with a
    // new block of correct type.
    // XXX: pre can't hold everything the others can
    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsMozDiv(curNode) ||
        HTMLEditUtils::IsFormatNode(curNode)) {
      // Forget any previous block used for previous inline nodes
      curBlock = nullptr;
      newBlock = htmlEditor->ReplaceContainer(curNode->AsElement(),
                                              &aBlockTag, nullptr, nullptr,
                                              EditorBase::eCloneAttributes);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(newBlock);
    } else if (HTMLEditUtils::IsTable(curNode) ||
               HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curNode) ||
               curNode->IsAnyOfHTMLElements(nsGkAtoms::tbody,
                                            nsGkAtoms::tr,
                                            nsGkAtoms::td,
                                            nsGkAtoms::li,
                                            nsGkAtoms::blockquote,
                                            nsGkAtoms::div)) {
      // Forget any previous block used for previous inline nodes
      curBlock = nullptr;
      // Recursion time
      nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> childArray;
      GetChildNodesForOperation(*curNode, childArray);
      if (!childArray.IsEmpty()) {
        nsresult rv = ApplyBlockStyle(childArray, aBlockTag);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      } else {
        // Make sure we can put a block here
        nsresult rv = SplitAsNeeded(aBlockTag, curParent, offset);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        nsCOMPtr<Element> theBlock =
          htmlEditor->CreateNode(&aBlockTag, curParent, offset);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(theBlock);
        // Remember our new block for postprocessing
        mNewBlock = theBlock;
      }
    } else if (curNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::br)) {
      // If the node is a break, we honor it by putting further nodes in a new
      // parent
      if (curBlock) {
        // Forget any previous block used for previous inline nodes
        curBlock = nullptr;
        nsresult rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(curNode);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      } else {
        // The break is the first (or even only) node we encountered.  Create a
        // block for it.
        nsresult rv = SplitAsNeeded(aBlockTag, curParent, offset);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        curBlock = htmlEditor->CreateNode(&aBlockTag, curParent, offset);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(curBlock);
        // Remember our new block for postprocessing
        mNewBlock = curBlock;
        // Note: doesn't matter if we set mNewBlock multiple times.
        rv = htmlEditor->MoveNode(curNode->AsContent(), curBlock, -1);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
    } else if (IsInlineNode(curNode)) {
      // If curNode is inline, pull it into curBlock.  Note: it's assumed that
      // consecutive inline nodes in aNodeArray are actually members of the
      // same block parent.  This happens to be true now as a side effect of
      // how aNodeArray is contructed, but some additional logic should be
      // added here if that should change
      //
      // If curNode is a non editable, drop it if we are going to <pre>.
      if (&aBlockTag == nsGkAtoms::pre && !htmlEditor->IsEditable(curNode)) {
        // Do nothing to this block
        continue;
      }

      // If no curBlock, make one
      if (!curBlock) {
        nsresult rv = SplitAsNeeded(aBlockTag, curParent, offset);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        curBlock = htmlEditor->CreateNode(&aBlockTag, curParent, offset);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(curBlock);
        // Remember our new block for postprocessing
        mNewBlock = curBlock;
        // Note: doesn't matter if we set mNewBlock multiple times.
      }

      // XXX If curNode is a br, replace it with a return if going to <pre>

      // This is a continuation of some inline nodes that belong together in
      // the same block item.  Use curBlock.
      nsresult rv = htmlEditor->MoveNode(curNode->AsContent(), curBlock, -1);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * Given a tag name, split inOutParent up to the point where we can insert the
 * tag.  Adjust inOutParent and inOutOffset to point to new location for tag.
 */
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::SplitAsNeeded(nsIAtom& aTag,
                             OwningNonNull<nsINode>& aInOutParent,
                             int32_t& aInOutOffset)
{
  // XXX Is there a better way to do this?
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = aInOutParent.forget();
  nsresult rv = SplitAsNeeded(aTag, parent, aInOutOffset);
  aInOutParent = parent.forget();
  return rv;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::SplitAsNeeded(nsIAtom& aTag,
                             nsCOMPtr<nsINode>& inOutParent,
                             int32_t& inOutOffset)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(inOutParent, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  // Check that we have a place that can legally contain the tag
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> tagParent, splitNode;
  for (nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = inOutParent; parent;
       parent = parent->GetParentNode()) {
    // Sniffing up the parent tree until we find a legal place for the block

    // Don't leave the active editing host
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    if (!mHTMLEditor->IsDescendantOfEditorRoot(parent)) {
      // XXX Why do we need to check mHTMLEditor again here?
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      if (parent != mHTMLEditor->GetActiveEditingHost()) {
        return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
      }
    }

    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    if (mHTMLEditor->CanContainTag(*parent, aTag)) {
      // Success
      tagParent = parent;
      break;
    }

    splitNode = parent;
  }
  if (!tagParent) {
    // Could not find a place to build tag!
    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
  }
  if (splitNode && splitNode->IsContent() && inOutParent->IsContent()) {
    // We found a place for block, but above inOutParent. We need to split.
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    int32_t offset = mHTMLEditor->SplitNodeDeep(*splitNode->AsContent(),
                                                *inOutParent->AsContent(),
                                                inOutOffset);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(offset != -1);
    inOutParent = tagParent;
    inOutOffset = offset;
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * JoinNodesSmart: Join two nodes, doing whatever makes sense for their
 * children (which often means joining them, too).  aNodeLeft & aNodeRight must
 * be same type of node.
 *
 * Returns the point where they're merged, or (nullptr, -1) on failure.
 */
EditorDOMPoint
HTMLEditRules::JoinNodesSmart(nsIContent& aNodeLeft,
                              nsIContent& aNodeRight)
{
  // Caller responsible for left and right node being the same type
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = aNodeLeft.GetParentNode();
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(parent, EditorDOMPoint());
  int32_t parOffset = parent->IndexOf(&aNodeLeft);
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> rightParent = aNodeRight.GetParentNode();

  // If they don't have the same parent, first move the right node to after the
  // left one
  if (parent != rightParent) {
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mHTMLEditor, EditorDOMPoint());
    nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(&aNodeRight, parent, parOffset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, EditorDOMPoint());
  }

  EditorDOMPoint ret(&aNodeRight, aNodeLeft.Length());

  // Separate join rules for differing blocks
  if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(&aNodeLeft) || aNodeLeft.GetAsText()) {
    // For lists, merge shallow (wouldn't want to combine list items)
    nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->JoinNodes(aNodeLeft, aNodeRight);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, EditorDOMPoint());
    return ret;
  }

  // Remember the last left child, and first right child
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mHTMLEditor, EditorDOMPoint());
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> lastLeft = mHTMLEditor->GetLastEditableChild(aNodeLeft);
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(lastLeft, EditorDOMPoint());

  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mHTMLEditor, EditorDOMPoint());
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> firstRight = mHTMLEditor->GetFirstEditableChild(aNodeRight);
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(firstRight, EditorDOMPoint());

  // For list items, divs, etc., merge smart
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mHTMLEditor, EditorDOMPoint());
  nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->JoinNodes(aNodeLeft, aNodeRight);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, EditorDOMPoint());

  if (lastLeft && firstRight && mHTMLEditor &&
      mHTMLEditor->AreNodesSameType(lastLeft, firstRight) &&
      (lastLeft->GetAsText() || !mHTMLEditor ||
       (lastLeft->IsElement() && firstRight->IsElement() &&
        mHTMLEditor->mCSSEditUtils->ElementsSameStyle(lastLeft->AsElement(),
                                                  firstRight->AsElement())))) {
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mHTMLEditor, EditorDOMPoint());
    return JoinNodesSmart(*lastLeft, *firstRight);
  }
  return ret;
}

Element*
HTMLEditRules::GetTopEnclosingMailCite(nsINode& aNode)
{
  nsCOMPtr<Element> ret;

  for (nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node = &aNode; node; node = node->GetParentNode()) {
    if ((IsPlaintextEditor() && node->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::pre)) ||
        HTMLEditUtils::IsMailCite(node)) {
      ret = node->AsElement();
    }
    if (node->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::body)) {
      break;
    }
  }

  return ret;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::CacheInlineStyles(nsIDOMNode* aNode)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aNode, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  bool useCSS = mHTMLEditor->IsCSSEnabled();

  for (int32_t j = 0; j < SIZE_STYLE_TABLE; ++j) {
    // If type-in state is set, don't intervene
    bool typeInSet, unused;
    if (NS_WARN_IF(!mHTMLEditor)) {
      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
    }
    mHTMLEditor->mTypeInState->GetTypingState(typeInSet, unused,
      mCachedStyles[j].tag, mCachedStyles[j].attr, nullptr);
    if (typeInSet) {
      continue;
    }

    bool isSet = false;
    nsAutoString outValue;
    // Don't use CSS for <font size>, we don't support it usefully (bug 780035)
    if (!useCSS || (mCachedStyles[j].tag == nsGkAtoms::font &&
                    mCachedStyles[j].attr.EqualsLiteral("size"))) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      mHTMLEditor->IsTextPropertySetByContent(aNode, mCachedStyles[j].tag,
                                              &(mCachedStyles[j].attr), nullptr,
                                              isSet, &outValue);
    } else {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      mHTMLEditor->mCSSEditUtils->IsCSSEquivalentToHTMLInlineStyleSet(aNode,
        mCachedStyles[j].tag, &(mCachedStyles[j].attr), isSet, outValue,
        CSSEditUtils::eComputed);
    }
    if (isSet) {
      mCachedStyles[j].mPresent = true;
      mCachedStyles[j].value.Assign(outValue);
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::ReapplyCachedStyles()
{
  // The idea here is to examine our cached list of styles and see if any have
  // been removed.  If so, add typeinstate for them, so that they will be
  // reinserted when new content is added.

  // remember if we are in css mode
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  bool useCSS = mHTMLEditor->IsCSSEnabled();

  // get selection point; if it doesn't exist, we have nothing to do
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<Selection> selection = mHTMLEditor->GetSelection();
  if (!selection) {
    // If the document is removed from its parent document during executing an
    // editor operation with DOMMutationEvent or something, there may be no
    // selection.
    return NS_OK;
  }
  if (!selection->RangeCount()) {
    // Nothing to do
    return NS_OK;
  }
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> selNode =
    do_QueryInterface(selection->GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent());
  if (!selNode) {
    // Nothing to do
    return NS_OK;
  }

  for (int32_t i = 0; i < SIZE_STYLE_TABLE; ++i) {
    if (mCachedStyles[i].mPresent) {
      bool bFirst, bAny, bAll;
      bFirst = bAny = bAll = false;

      nsAutoString curValue;
      if (useCSS) {
        // check computed style first in css case
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        bAny = mHTMLEditor->mCSSEditUtils->IsCSSEquivalentToHTMLInlineStyleSet(
          selNode, mCachedStyles[i].tag, &(mCachedStyles[i].attr), curValue,
          CSSEditUtils::eComputed);
      }
      if (!bAny) {
        // then check typeinstate and html style
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        nsresult rv =
          mHTMLEditor->GetInlinePropertyBase(*mCachedStyles[i].tag,
                                             &(mCachedStyles[i].attr),
                                             &(mCachedStyles[i].value),
                                             &bFirst, &bAny, &bAll,
                                             &curValue, false);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
      // this style has disappeared through deletion.  Add to our typeinstate:
      if (!bAny || IsStyleCachePreservingAction(mTheAction)) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        mHTMLEditor->mTypeInState->SetProp(mCachedStyles[i].tag,
                                           mCachedStyles[i].attr,
                                           mCachedStyles[i].value);
      }
    }
  }

  return NS_OK;
}

void
HTMLEditRules::ClearCachedStyles()
{
  // clear the mPresent bits in mCachedStyles array
  for (uint32_t j = 0; j < SIZE_STYLE_TABLE; j++) {
    mCachedStyles[j].mPresent = false;
    mCachedStyles[j].value.Truncate();
  }
}

void
HTMLEditRules::AdjustSpecialBreaks()
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);

  // Gather list of empty nodes
  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> nodeArray;
  EmptyEditableFunctor functor(mHTMLEditor);
  DOMIterator iter;
  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(iter.Init(*mDocChangeRange)))) {
    return;
  }
  iter.AppendList(functor, nodeArray);

  // Put moz-br's into these empty li's and td's
  for (auto& node : nodeArray) {
    // Need to put br at END of node.  It may have empty containers in it and
    // still pass the "IsEmptyNode" test, and we want the br's to be after
    // them.  Also, we want the br to be after the selection if the selection
    // is in this node.
    nsresult rv = CreateMozBR(node->AsDOMNode(), (int32_t)node->Length());
    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
      return;
    }
  }
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::AdjustWhitespace(Selection* aSelection)
{
  // get selection point
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> selNode;
  int32_t selOffset;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsresult rv =
    mHTMLEditor->GetStartNodeAndOffset(aSelection,
                                       getter_AddRefs(selNode), &selOffset);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // ask whitespace object to tweak nbsp's
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  return WSRunObject(mHTMLEditor, selNode, selOffset).AdjustWhitespace();
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::PinSelectionToNewBlock(Selection* aSelection)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aSelection, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
  if (!aSelection->Collapsed()) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  if (NS_WARN_IF(!mNewBlock)) {
    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
  }

  // get the (collapsed) selection location
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> selNode;
  int32_t selOffset;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsresult rv =
    mHTMLEditor->GetStartNodeAndOffset(aSelection,
                                       getter_AddRefs(selNode), &selOffset);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // use ranges and sRangeHelper to compare sel point to new block
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node = do_QueryInterface(selNode);
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(node);
  RefPtr<nsRange> range = new nsRange(node);
  rv = range->CollapseTo(node, selOffset);
  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
    return rv;
  }
  bool nodeBefore, nodeAfter;
  rv = nsRange::CompareNodeToRange(mNewBlock, range, &nodeBefore, &nodeAfter);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  if (nodeBefore && nodeAfter) {
    return NS_OK;  // selection is inside block
  } else if (nodeBefore) {
    // selection is after block.  put at end of block.
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> tmp = mHTMLEditor->GetLastEditableChild(*mNewBlock);
    if (!tmp) {
      tmp = mNewBlock;
    }
    uint32_t endPoint;
    if (mHTMLEditor->IsTextNode(tmp) ||
        mHTMLEditor->IsContainer(tmp)) {
      endPoint = tmp->Length();
    } else {
      tmp = EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(tmp, (int32_t*)&endPoint);
      endPoint++;  // want to be after this node
    }
    return aSelection->Collapse(tmp, (int32_t)endPoint);
  } else {
    // selection is before block.  put at start of block.
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> tmp = mHTMLEditor->GetFirstEditableChild(*mNewBlock);
    if (!tmp) {
      tmp = mNewBlock;
    }
    int32_t offset;
    if (mHTMLEditor->IsTextNode(tmp) ||
        mHTMLEditor->IsContainer(tmp)) {
      tmp = EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(tmp, &offset);
    }
    return aSelection->Collapse(tmp, 0);
  }
}

void
HTMLEditRules::CheckInterlinePosition(Selection& aSelection)
{
  // If the selection isn't collapsed, do nothing.
  if (!aSelection.Collapsed()) {
    return;
  }

  NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  // Get the (collapsed) selection location
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE_VOID(aSelection.GetRangeAt(0) &&
                      aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent());
  OwningNonNull<nsINode> selNode = *aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
  int32_t selOffset = aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();

  // First, let's check to see if we are after a <br>.  We take care of this
  // special-case first so that we don't accidentally fall through into one of
  // the other conditionals.
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> node =
    htmlEditor->GetPriorHTMLNode(selNode, selOffset, true);
  if (node && node->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::br)) {
    aSelection.SetInterlinePosition(true);
    return;
  }

  // Are we after a block?  If so try set caret to following content
  node = htmlEditor->GetPriorHTMLSibling(selNode, selOffset);
  if (node && IsBlockNode(*node)) {
    aSelection.SetInterlinePosition(true);
    return;
  }

  // Are we before a block?  If so try set caret to prior content
  node = htmlEditor->GetNextHTMLSibling(selNode, selOffset);
  if (node && IsBlockNode(*node)) {
    aSelection.SetInterlinePosition(false);
  }
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::AdjustSelection(Selection* aSelection,
                               nsIEditor::EDirection aAction)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aSelection, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  // if the selection isn't collapsed, do nothing.
  // moose: one thing to do instead is check for the case of
  // only a single break selected, and collapse it.  Good thing?  Beats me.
  if (!aSelection->Collapsed()) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // get the (collapsed) selection location
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> selNode, temp;
  int32_t selOffset;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsresult rv =
    mHTMLEditor->GetStartNodeAndOffset(aSelection,
                                       getter_AddRefs(selNode), &selOffset);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  temp = selNode;

  // are we in an editable node?
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  while (!mHTMLEditor->IsEditable(selNode)) {
    // scan up the tree until we find an editable place to be
    selNode = EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(temp, &selOffset);
    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(selNode, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
    temp = selNode;
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  }

  // make sure we aren't in an empty block - user will see no cursor.  If this
  // is happening, put a <br> in the block if allowed.
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsCOMPtr<Element> theblock = mHTMLEditor->GetBlock(*selNode);

  if (theblock && mHTMLEditor->IsEditable(theblock)) {
    bool bIsEmptyNode;
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    rv = mHTMLEditor->IsEmptyNode(theblock, &bIsEmptyNode, false, false);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    // check if br can go into the destination node
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    if (bIsEmptyNode && mHTMLEditor->CanContainTag(*selNode, *nsGkAtoms::br)) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsCOMPtr<Element> rootNode = mHTMLEditor->GetRoot();
      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(rootNode, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
      if (selNode == rootNode) {
        // Our root node is completely empty. Don't add a <br> here.
        // AfterEditInner() will add one for us when it calls
        // CreateBogusNodeIfNeeded()!
        return NS_OK;
      }

      // we know we can skip the rest of this routine given the cirumstance
      return CreateMozBR(GetAsDOMNode(selNode), selOffset);
    }
  }

  // are we in a text node?
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMCharacterData> textNode = do_QueryInterface(selNode);
  if (textNode)
    return NS_OK; // we LIKE it when we are in a text node.  that RULZ

  // do we need to insert a special mozBR?  We do if we are:
  // 1) prior node is in same block where selection is AND
  // 2) prior node is a br AND
  // 3) that br is not visible

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> nearNode =
    mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLNode(selNode, selOffset);
  if (nearNode) {
    // is nearNode also a descendant of same block?
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsCOMPtr<Element> block = mHTMLEditor->GetBlock(*selNode);
    nsCOMPtr<Element> nearBlock = mHTMLEditor->GetBlockNodeParent(nearNode);
    if (block && block == nearBlock) {
      if (nearNode && TextEditUtils::IsBreak(nearNode)) {
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        if (!mHTMLEditor->IsVisBreak(nearNode)) {
          // need to insert special moz BR. Why?  Because if we don't
          // the user will see no new line for the break.  Also, things
          // like table cells won't grow in height.
          nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> brNode;
          rv = CreateMozBR(GetAsDOMNode(selNode), selOffset,
                           getter_AddRefs(brNode));
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> brParent =
            EditorBase::GetNodeLocation(brNode, &selOffset);
          // selection stays *before* moz-br, sticking to it
          aSelection->SetInterlinePosition(true);
          rv = aSelection->Collapse(brParent, selOffset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        } else {
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> nextNode =
            mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(nearNode, true);
          if (nextNode && TextEditUtils::IsMozBR(nextNode)) {
            // selection between br and mozbr.  make it stick to mozbr
            // so that it will be on blank line.
            aSelection->SetInterlinePosition(true);
          }
        }
      }
    }
  }

  // we aren't in a textnode: are we adjacent to text or a break or an image?
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nearNode = mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLNode(selNode, selOffset, true);
  if (nearNode && (TextEditUtils::IsBreak(nearNode) ||
                   EditorBase::IsTextNode(nearNode) ||
                   HTMLEditUtils::IsImage(nearNode) ||
                   nearNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::hr))) {
    // this is a good place for the caret to be
    return NS_OK;
  }
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nearNode = mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(selNode, selOffset, true);
  if (nearNode && (TextEditUtils::IsBreak(nearNode) ||
                   EditorBase::IsTextNode(nearNode) ||
                   nearNode->IsAnyOfHTMLElements(nsGkAtoms::img,
                                                 nsGkAtoms::hr))) {
    return NS_OK; // this is a good place for the caret to be
  }

  // look for a nearby text node.
  // prefer the correct direction.
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> nearNodeDOM = GetAsDOMNode(nearNode);
  rv = FindNearSelectableNode(GetAsDOMNode(selNode), selOffset, aAction,
                              address_of(nearNodeDOM));
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  nearNode = do_QueryInterface(nearNodeDOM);

  if (!nearNode) {
    return NS_OK;
  }
  EditorDOMPoint pt = GetGoodSelPointForNode(*nearNode, aAction);
  rv = aSelection->Collapse(pt.node, pt.offset);
  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
    return rv;
  }
  return NS_OK;
}


nsresult
HTMLEditRules::FindNearSelectableNode(nsIDOMNode* aSelNode,
                                      int32_t aSelOffset,
                                      nsIEditor::EDirection& aDirection,
                                      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode>* outSelectableNode)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aSelNode && outSelectableNode, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
  *outSelectableNode = nullptr;

  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> nearNode, curNode;
  if (aDirection == nsIEditor::ePrevious) {
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsresult rv =
      mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLNode(aSelNode, aSelOffset, address_of(nearNode));
    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
      return rv;
    }
  } else {
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsresult rv =
      mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(aSelNode, aSelOffset, address_of(nearNode));
    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
      return rv;
    }
  }

  // Try the other direction then.
  if (!nearNode) {
    if (aDirection == nsIEditor::ePrevious) {
      aDirection = nsIEditor::eNext;
    } else {
      aDirection = nsIEditor::ePrevious;
    }

    if (aDirection == nsIEditor::ePrevious) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLNode(aSelNode, aSelOffset,
                                                  address_of(nearNode));
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
    } else {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(aSelNode, aSelOffset,
                                                 address_of(nearNode));
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
    }
  }

  // scan in the right direction until we find an eligible text node,
  // but don't cross any breaks, images, or table elements.
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  while (nearNode && !(mHTMLEditor->IsTextNode(nearNode) ||
                       TextEditUtils::IsBreak(nearNode) ||
                       HTMLEditUtils::IsImage(nearNode))) {
    curNode = nearNode;
    if (aDirection == nsIEditor::ePrevious) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsresult rv =
        mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLNode(curNode, address_of(nearNode));
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
    } else {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLNode(curNode, address_of(nearNode));
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
    }
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  }

  if (nearNode) {
    // don't cross any table elements
    if (InDifferentTableElements(nearNode, aSelNode)) {
      return NS_OK;
    }

    // otherwise, ok, we have found a good spot to put the selection
    *outSelectableNode = do_QueryInterface(nearNode);
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

bool
HTMLEditRules::InDifferentTableElements(nsIDOMNode* aNode1,
                                        nsIDOMNode* aNode2)
{
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node1 = do_QueryInterface(aNode1);
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node2 = do_QueryInterface(aNode2);
  return InDifferentTableElements(node1, node2);
}

bool
HTMLEditRules::InDifferentTableElements(nsINode* aNode1,
                                        nsINode* aNode2)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aNode1 && aNode2);

  while (aNode1 && !HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(aNode1)) {
    aNode1 = aNode1->GetParentNode();
  }

  while (aNode2 && !HTMLEditUtils::IsTableElement(aNode2)) {
    aNode2 = aNode2->GetParentNode();
  }

  return aNode1 != aNode2;
}


nsresult
HTMLEditRules::RemoveEmptyNodes()
{
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  // Some general notes on the algorithm used here: the goal is to examine all
  // the nodes in mDocChangeRange, and remove the empty ones.  We do this by
  // using a content iterator to traverse all the nodes in the range, and
  // placing the empty nodes into an array.  After finishing the iteration, we
  // delete the empty nodes in the array.  (They cannot be deleted as we find
  // them because that would invalidate the iterator.)
  //
  // Since checking to see if a node is empty can be costly for nodes with many
  // descendants, there are some optimizations made.  I rely on the fact that
  // the iterator is post-order: it will visit children of a node before
  // visiting the parent node.  So if I find that a child node is not empty, I
  // know that its parent is not empty without even checking.  So I put the
  // parent on a "skipList" which is just a voidArray of nodes I can skip the
  // empty check on.  If I encounter a node on the skiplist, i skip the
  // processing for that node and replace its slot in the skiplist with that
  // node's parent.
  //
  // An interesting idea is to go ahead and regard parent nodes that are NOT on
  // the skiplist as being empty (without even doing the IsEmptyNode check) on
  // the theory that if they weren't empty, we would have encountered a
  // non-empty child earlier and thus put this parent node on the skiplist.
  //
  // Unfortunately I can't use that strategy here, because the range may
  // include some children of a node while excluding others.  Thus I could find
  // all the _examined_ children empty, but still not have an empty parent.

  // need an iterator
  nsCOMPtr<nsIContentIterator> iter = NS_NewContentIterator();

  nsresult rv = iter->Init(mDocChangeRange);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfEmptyNodes, arrayOfEmptyCites, skipList;

  // Check for empty nodes
  while (!iter->IsDone()) {
    OwningNonNull<nsINode> node = *iter->GetCurrentNode();

    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = node->GetParentNode();

    size_t idx = skipList.IndexOf(node);
    if (idx != skipList.NoIndex) {
      // This node is on our skip list.  Skip processing for this node, and
      // replace its value in the skip list with the value of its parent
      if (parent) {
        skipList[idx] = parent;
      }
    } else {
      bool bIsCandidate = false;
      bool bIsEmptyNode = false;
      bool bIsMailCite = false;

      if (node->IsElement()) {
        if (node->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::body)) {
          // Don't delete the body
        } else if ((bIsMailCite = HTMLEditUtils::IsMailCite(node)) ||
                   node->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::a) ||
                   HTMLEditUtils::IsInlineStyle(node) ||
                   HTMLEditUtils::IsList(node) ||
                   node->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::div)) {
          // Only consider certain nodes to be empty for purposes of removal
          bIsCandidate = true;
        } else if (HTMLEditUtils::IsFormatNode(node) ||
                   HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(node) ||
                   node->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::blockquote)) {
          // These node types are candidates if selection is not in them.  If
          // it is one of these, don't delete if selection inside.  This is so
          // we can create empty headings, etc., for the user to type into.
          bool bIsSelInNode;
          rv = SelectionEndpointInNode(node, &bIsSelInNode);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          if (!bIsSelInNode) {
            bIsCandidate = true;
          }
        }
      }

      if (bIsCandidate) {
        // We delete mailcites even if they have a solo br in them.  Other
        // nodes we require to be empty.
        rv = htmlEditor->IsEmptyNode(node->AsDOMNode(), &bIsEmptyNode,
                                     bIsMailCite, true);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        if (bIsEmptyNode) {
          if (bIsMailCite) {
            // mailcites go on a separate list from other empty nodes
            arrayOfEmptyCites.AppendElement(*node);
          } else {
            arrayOfEmptyNodes.AppendElement(*node);
          }
        }
      }

      if (!bIsEmptyNode && parent) {
        // put parent on skip list
        skipList.AppendElement(*parent);
      }
    }

    iter->Next();
  }

  // now delete the empty nodes
  for (auto& delNode : arrayOfEmptyNodes) {
    if (htmlEditor->IsModifiableNode(delNode)) {
      rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(delNode);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
  }

  // Now delete the empty mailcites.  This is a separate step because we want
  // to pull out any br's and preserve them.
  for (auto& delNode : arrayOfEmptyCites) {
    bool bIsEmptyNode;
    rv = htmlEditor->IsEmptyNode(delNode, &bIsEmptyNode, false, true);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    if (!bIsEmptyNode) {
      // We are deleting a cite that has just a br.  We want to delete cite,
      // but preserve br.
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> parent = delNode->GetParentNode();
      int32_t offset = parent ? parent->IndexOf(delNode) : -1;
      nsCOMPtr<Element> br = htmlEditor->CreateBR(parent, offset);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(br);
    }
    rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(delNode);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }

  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::SelectionEndpointInNode(nsINode* aNode,
                                       bool* aResult)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aNode && aResult, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  nsIDOMNode* node = aNode->AsDOMNode();

  *aResult = false;

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<Selection> selection = mHTMLEditor->GetSelection();
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(selection);

  uint32_t rangeCount = selection->RangeCount();
  for (uint32_t rangeIdx = 0; rangeIdx < rangeCount; ++rangeIdx) {
    RefPtr<nsRange> range = selection->GetRangeAt(rangeIdx);
    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> startParent, endParent;
    range->GetStartContainer(getter_AddRefs(startParent));
    if (startParent) {
      if (node == startParent) {
        *aResult = true;
        return NS_OK;
      }
      if (EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(startParent, node)) {
        *aResult = true;
        return NS_OK;
      }
    }
    range->GetEndContainer(getter_AddRefs(endParent));
    if (startParent == endParent) {
      continue;
    }
    if (endParent) {
      if (node == endParent) {
        *aResult = true;
        return NS_OK;
      }
      if (EditorUtils::IsDescendantOf(endParent, node)) {
        *aResult = true;
        return NS_OK;
      }
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

/**
 * IsEmptyInline: Return true if aNode is an empty inline container
 */
bool
HTMLEditRules::IsEmptyInline(nsINode& aNode)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mHTMLEditor, false);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  if (IsInlineNode(aNode) && htmlEditor->IsContainer(&aNode)) {
    bool isEmpty = true;
    htmlEditor->IsEmptyNode(&aNode, &isEmpty);
    return isEmpty;
  }
  return false;
}


bool
HTMLEditRules::ListIsEmptyLine(nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>>& aArrayOfNodes)
{
  // We have a list of nodes which we are candidates for being moved into a new
  // block.  Determine if it's anything more than a blank line.  Look for
  // editable content above and beyond one single BR.
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aArrayOfNodes.Length(), true);

  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mHTMLEditor, false);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  int32_t brCount = 0;

  for (auto& node : aArrayOfNodes) {
    if (!htmlEditor->IsEditable(node)) {
      continue;
    }
    if (TextEditUtils::IsBreak(node)) {
      // First break doesn't count
      if (brCount) {
        return false;
      }
      brCount++;
    } else if (IsEmptyInline(node)) {
      // Empty inline, keep looking
    } else {
      return false;
    }
  }
  return true;
}


nsresult
HTMLEditRules::PopListItem(nsIDOMNode* aListItem,
                           bool* aOutOfList)
{
  nsCOMPtr<Element> listItem = do_QueryInterface(aListItem);
  // check parms
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(listItem && aOutOfList, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  // init out params
  *aOutOfList = false;

  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> curParent = listItem->GetParentNode();
  int32_t offset = curParent ? curParent->IndexOf(listItem) : -1;

  if (!HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(listItem)) {
    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
  }

  // if it's first or last list item, don't need to split the list
  // otherwise we do.
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> curParPar = curParent->GetParentNode();
  int32_t parOffset = curParPar ? curParPar->IndexOf(curParent) : -1;

  bool bIsFirstListItem;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsresult rv =
    mHTMLEditor->IsFirstEditableChild(aListItem, &bIsFirstListItem);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  bool bIsLastListItem;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  rv = mHTMLEditor->IsLastEditableChild(aListItem, &bIsLastListItem);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  if (!bIsFirstListItem && !bIsLastListItem) {
    // split the list
    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> newBlock;
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    rv = mHTMLEditor->SplitNode(GetAsDOMNode(curParent), offset,
                                getter_AddRefs(newBlock));
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }

  if (!bIsFirstListItem) {
    parOffset++;
  }

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  rv = mHTMLEditor->MoveNode(listItem, curParPar, parOffset);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // unwrap list item contents if they are no longer in a list
  if (!HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curParPar) &&
      HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(listItem)) {
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    rv = mHTMLEditor->RemoveBlockContainer(*listItem);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    *aOutOfList = true;
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::RemoveListStructure(Element& aList)
{
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);
  while (aList.GetFirstChild()) {
    OwningNonNull<nsIContent> child = *aList.GetFirstChild();

    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsListItem(child)) {
      bool isOutOfList;
      // Keep popping it out until it's not in a list anymore
      do {
        nsresult rv = PopListItem(child->AsDOMNode(), &isOutOfList);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      } while (!isOutOfList);
    } else if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(child)) {
      nsresult rv = RemoveListStructure(*child->AsElement());
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    } else {
      // Delete any non-list items for now
      nsresult rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(child);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
  }

  // Delete the now-empty list
  nsresult rv = htmlEditor->RemoveBlockContainer(aList);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::ConfirmSelectionInBody()
{
  // get the body
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> rootElement = do_QueryInterface(mHTMLEditor->GetRoot());
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(rootElement, NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED);

  // get the selection
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<Selection> selection = mHTMLEditor->GetSelection();
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(selection);

  // get the selection start location
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> selNode, temp, parent;
  int32_t selOffset;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsresult rv =
    mHTMLEditor->GetStartNodeAndOffset(selection,
                                       getter_AddRefs(selNode), &selOffset);
  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
    return rv;
  }

  temp = selNode;

  // check that selNode is inside body
  while (temp && !TextEditUtils::IsBody(temp)) {
    temp->GetParentNode(getter_AddRefs(parent));
    temp = parent;
  }

  // if we aren't in the body, force the issue
  if (!temp) {
//    uncomment this to see when we get bad selections
//    NS_NOTREACHED("selection not in body");
    selection->Collapse(rootElement, 0);
  }

  // get the selection end location
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  rv = mHTMLEditor->GetEndNodeAndOffset(selection,
                                        getter_AddRefs(selNode), &selOffset);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  temp = selNode;

  // check that selNode is inside body
  while (temp && !TextEditUtils::IsBody(temp)) {
    rv = temp->GetParentNode(getter_AddRefs(parent));
    temp = parent;
  }

  // if we aren't in the body, force the issue
  if (!temp) {
//    uncomment this to see when we get bad selections
//    NS_NOTREACHED("selection not in body");
    selection->Collapse(rootElement, 0);
  }

  // XXX This is the result of the last call of GetParentNode(), it doesn't
  //     make sense...
  return rv;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::UpdateDocChangeRange(nsRange* aRange)
{
  // first make sure aRange is in the document.  It might not be if
  // portions of our editting action involved manipulating nodes
  // prior to placing them in the document (e.g., populating a list item
  // before placing it in its list)
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> startNode;
  nsresult rv = aRange->GetStartContainer(getter_AddRefs(startNode));
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  if (!mHTMLEditor->IsDescendantOfRoot(startNode)) {
    // just return - we don't need to adjust mDocChangeRange in this case
    return NS_OK;
  }

  if (!mDocChangeRange) {
    // clone aRange.
    mDocChangeRange = aRange->CloneRange();
  } else {
    int16_t result;

    // compare starts of ranges
    rv = mDocChangeRange->CompareBoundaryPoints(nsIDOMRange::START_TO_START,
                                                aRange, &result);
    if (rv == NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED) {
      // This will happen is mDocChangeRange is non-null, but the range is
      // uninitialized. In this case we'll set the start to aRange start.
      // The same test won't be needed further down since after we've set
      // the start the range will be collapsed to that point.
      result = 1;
      rv = NS_OK;
    }
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    // Positive result means mDocChangeRange start is after aRange start.
    if (result > 0) {
      uint32_t startOffset;
      rv = aRange->GetStartOffset(&startOffset);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      rv = mDocChangeRange->SetStart(startNode, startOffset);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }

    // compare ends of ranges
    rv = mDocChangeRange->CompareBoundaryPoints(nsIDOMRange::END_TO_END,
                                                aRange, &result);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    // Negative result means mDocChangeRange end is before aRange end.
    if (result < 0) {
      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> endNode;
      rv = aRange->GetEndContainer(getter_AddRefs(endNode));
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      uint32_t endOffset;
      rv = aRange->GetEndOffset(&endOffset);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      rv = mDocChangeRange->SetEnd(endNode, endOffset);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::InsertMozBRIfNeeded(nsINode& aNode)
{
  if (!IsBlockNode(aNode)) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  bool isEmpty;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->IsEmptyNode(&aNode, &isEmpty);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  if (!isEmpty) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  return CreateMozBR(aNode.AsDOMNode(), 0);
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::WillCreateNode(const nsAString& aTag,
                              nsIDOMNode* aParent,
                              int32_t aPosition)
{
  return NS_OK;
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::DidCreateNode(const nsAString& aTag,
                             nsIDOMNode* aNode,
                             nsIDOMNode* aParent,
                             int32_t aPosition,
                             nsresult aResult)
{
  if (!mListenerEnabled) {
    return NS_OK;
  }
  // assumption that Join keeps the righthand node
  nsresult rv = mUtilRange->SelectNode(aNode);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  return UpdateDocChangeRange(mUtilRange);
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::WillInsertNode(nsIDOMNode* aNode,
                              nsIDOMNode* aParent,
                              int32_t aPosition)
{
  return NS_OK;
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::DidInsertNode(nsIDOMNode* aNode,
                             nsIDOMNode* aParent,
                             int32_t aPosition,
                             nsresult aResult)
{
  if (!mListenerEnabled) {
    return NS_OK;
  }
  nsresult rv = mUtilRange->SelectNode(aNode);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  return UpdateDocChangeRange(mUtilRange);
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::WillDeleteNode(nsIDOMNode* aChild)
{
  if (!mListenerEnabled) {
    return NS_OK;
  }
  nsresult rv = mUtilRange->SelectNode(aChild);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  return UpdateDocChangeRange(mUtilRange);
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::DidDeleteNode(nsIDOMNode* aChild,
                             nsresult aResult)
{
  return NS_OK;
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::WillSplitNode(nsIDOMNode* aExistingRightNode,
                             int32_t aOffset)
{
  return NS_OK;
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::DidSplitNode(nsIDOMNode* aExistingRightNode,
                            int32_t aOffset,
                            nsIDOMNode* aNewLeftNode,
                            nsresult aResult)
{
  if (!mListenerEnabled) {
    return NS_OK;
  }
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> newLeftNode = do_QueryInterface(aNewLeftNode);
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> existingRightNode = do_QueryInterface(aExistingRightNode);
  nsresult rv = mUtilRange->SetStartAndEnd(newLeftNode, 0,
                                           existingRightNode, 0);
  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
    return rv;
  }
  return UpdateDocChangeRange(mUtilRange);
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::WillJoinNodes(nsIDOMNode* aLeftNode,
                             nsIDOMNode* aRightNode,
                             nsIDOMNode* aParent)
{
  if (!mListenerEnabled) {
    return NS_OK;
  }
  // remember split point
  return EditorBase::GetLengthOfDOMNode(aLeftNode, mJoinOffset);
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::DidJoinNodes(nsIDOMNode* aLeftNode,
                            nsIDOMNode* aRightNode,
                            nsIDOMNode* aParent,
                            nsresult aResult)
{
  if (!mListenerEnabled) {
    return NS_OK;
  }
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> rightNode = do_QueryInterface(aRightNode);
  // assumption that Join keeps the righthand node
  nsresult rv = mUtilRange->CollapseTo(rightNode, mJoinOffset);
  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
    return rv;
  }
  return UpdateDocChangeRange(mUtilRange);
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::WillInsertText(nsIDOMCharacterData* aTextNode,
                              int32_t aOffset,
                              const nsAString& aString)
{
  return NS_OK;
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::DidInsertText(nsIDOMCharacterData* aTextNode,
                             int32_t aOffset,
                             const nsAString& aString,
                             nsresult aResult)
{
  if (!mListenerEnabled) {
    return NS_OK;
  }
  int32_t length = aString.Length();
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> theNode = do_QueryInterface(aTextNode);
  nsresult rv = mUtilRange->SetStartAndEnd(theNode, aOffset,
                                           theNode, aOffset + length);
  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
    return rv;
  }
  return UpdateDocChangeRange(mUtilRange);
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::WillDeleteText(nsIDOMCharacterData* aTextNode,
                              int32_t aOffset,
                              int32_t aLength)
{
  return NS_OK;
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::DidDeleteText(nsIDOMCharacterData* aTextNode,
                             int32_t aOffset,
                             int32_t aLength,
                             nsresult aResult)
{
  if (!mListenerEnabled) {
    return NS_OK;
  }
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> theNode = do_QueryInterface(aTextNode);
  nsresult rv = mUtilRange->CollapseTo(theNode, aOffset);
  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
    return rv;
  }
  return UpdateDocChangeRange(mUtilRange);
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::WillDeleteSelection(nsISelection* aSelection)
{
  if (!mListenerEnabled) {
    return NS_OK;
  }
  if (NS_WARN_IF(!aSelection)) {
    return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
  }
  RefPtr<Selection> selection = aSelection->AsSelection();
  // get the (collapsed) selection location
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> startNode;
  int32_t startOffset;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsresult rv =
    mHTMLEditor->GetStartNodeAndOffset(selection,
                                      getter_AddRefs(startNode), &startOffset);
  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
    return rv;
  }
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> endNode;
  int32_t endOffset;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  rv = mHTMLEditor->GetEndNodeAndOffset(selection,
                                       getter_AddRefs(endNode), &endOffset);
  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
    return rv;
  }
  rv = mUtilRange->SetStartAndEnd(startNode, startOffset, endNode, endOffset);
  if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
    return rv;
  }
  return UpdateDocChangeRange(mUtilRange);
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::DidDeleteSelection(nsISelection *aSelection)
{
  return NS_OK;
}

// Let's remove all alignment hints in the children of aNode; it can
// be an ALIGN attribute (in case we just remove it) or a CENTER
// element (here we have to remove the container and keep its
// children). We break on tables and don't look at their children.
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::RemoveAlignment(nsIDOMNode* aNode,
                               const nsAString& aAlignType,
                               bool aChildrenOnly)
{
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(aNode, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  if (mHTMLEditor->IsTextNode(aNode) || HTMLEditUtils::IsTable(aNode)) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> child = aNode,tmp;
  if (aChildrenOnly) {
    aNode->GetFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(child));
  }
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  bool useCSS = mHTMLEditor->IsCSSEnabled();

  while (child) {
    if (aChildrenOnly) {
      // get the next sibling right now because we could have to remove child
      child->GetNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(tmp));
    } else {
      tmp = nullptr;
    }
    bool isBlock;
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->NodeIsBlockStatic(child, &isBlock);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

    if (EditorBase::NodeIsType(child, nsGkAtoms::center)) {
      // the current node is a CENTER element
      // first remove children's alignment
      rv = RemoveAlignment(child, aAlignType, true);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

      // we may have to insert BRs in first and last position of element's children
      // if the nodes before/after are not blocks and not BRs
      rv = MakeSureElemStartsOrEndsOnCR(child);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

      // now remove the CENTER container
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      nsCOMPtr<Element> childAsElement = do_QueryInterface(child);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(childAsElement);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->RemoveContainer(childAsElement);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    } else if (isBlock || HTMLEditUtils::IsHR(child)) {
      // the current node is a block element
      nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> curElem = do_QueryInterface(child);
      if (HTMLEditUtils::SupportsAlignAttr(child)) {
        // remove the ALIGN attribute if this element can have it
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
        rv = mHTMLEditor->RemoveAttribute(curElem, NS_LITERAL_STRING("align"));
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
      if (useCSS) {
        if (HTMLEditUtils::IsTable(child) || HTMLEditUtils::IsHR(child)) {
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          rv = mHTMLEditor->SetAttributeOrEquivalent(curElem,
                                                     NS_LITERAL_STRING("align"),
                                                     aAlignType, false);
          if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
            return rv;
          }
        } else {
          nsAutoString dummyCssValue;
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
          rv = mHTMLEditor->mCSSEditUtils->RemoveCSSInlineStyle(
                                             child,
                                             nsGkAtoms::textAlign,
                                             dummyCssValue);
          if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
            return rv;
          }
        }
      }
      if (!HTMLEditUtils::IsTable(child)) {
        // unless this is a table, look at children
        rv = RemoveAlignment(child, aAlignType, true);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      }
    }
    child = tmp;
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

// Let's insert a BR as first (resp. last) child of aNode if its
// first (resp. last) child is not a block nor a BR, and if the
// previous (resp. next) sibling is not a block nor a BR
nsresult
HTMLEditRules::MakeSureElemStartsOrEndsOnCR(nsIDOMNode* aNode,
                                            bool aStarts)
{
  nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node = do_QueryInterface(aNode);
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(node, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);

  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> child;
  if (aStarts) {
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    child = GetAsDOMNode(mHTMLEditor->GetFirstEditableChild(*node));
  } else {
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    child = GetAsDOMNode(mHTMLEditor->GetLastEditableChild(*node));
  }
  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(child, NS_OK);
  bool isChildBlock;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsresult rv = mHTMLEditor->NodeIsBlockStatic(child, &isChildBlock);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  bool foundCR = false;
  if (isChildBlock || TextEditUtils::IsBreak(child)) {
    foundCR = true;
  } else {
    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> sibling;
    if (aStarts) {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->GetPriorHTMLSibling(aNode, address_of(sibling));
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
    } else {
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->GetNextHTMLSibling(aNode, address_of(sibling));
      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv))) {
        return rv;
      }
    }
    if (sibling) {
      bool isBlock;
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
      rv = mHTMLEditor->NodeIsBlockStatic(sibling, &isBlock);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      if (isBlock || TextEditUtils::IsBreak(sibling)) {
        foundCR = true;
      }
    } else {
      foundCR = true;
    }
  }
  if (!foundCR) {
    int32_t offset = 0;
    if (!aStarts) {
      nsCOMPtr<nsINode> node = do_QueryInterface(aNode);
      NS_ENSURE_STATE(node);
      offset = node->GetChildCount();
    }
    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> brNode;
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
    rv = mHTMLEditor->CreateBR(aNode, offset, address_of(brNode));
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::MakeSureElemStartsOrEndsOnCR(nsIDOMNode* aNode)
{
  nsresult rv = MakeSureElemStartsOrEndsOnCR(aNode, false);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  return MakeSureElemStartsOrEndsOnCR(aNode, true);
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::AlignBlock(Element& aElement,
                          const nsAString& aAlignType,
                          ContentsOnly aContentsOnly)
{
  if (!IsBlockNode(aElement) && !aElement.IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::hr)) {
    // We deal only with blocks; early way out
    return NS_OK;
  }

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  nsresult rv = RemoveAlignment(aElement.AsDOMNode(), aAlignType,
                                aContentsOnly == ContentsOnly::yes);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  NS_NAMED_LITERAL_STRING(attr, "align");
  if (htmlEditor->IsCSSEnabled()) {
    // Let's use CSS alignment; we use margin-left and margin-right for tables
    // and text-align for other block-level elements
    rv = htmlEditor->SetAttributeOrEquivalent(
                       static_cast<nsIDOMElement*>(aElement.AsDOMNode()),
                       attr, aAlignType, false);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  } else {
    // HTML case; this code is supposed to be called ONLY if the element
    // supports the align attribute but we'll never know...
    if (HTMLEditUtils::SupportsAlignAttr(aElement.AsDOMNode())) {
      rv = htmlEditor->SetAttribute(
                         static_cast<nsIDOMElement*>(aElement.AsDOMNode()),
                         attr, aAlignType);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::ChangeIndentation(Element& aElement,
                                 Change aChange)
{
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  nsIAtom& marginProperty =
    MarginPropertyAtomForIndent(*htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils, aElement);
  nsAutoString value;
  htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils->GetSpecifiedProperty(aElement, marginProperty,
                                                  value);
  float f;
  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> unit;
  htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils->ParseLength(value, &f, getter_AddRefs(unit));
  if (!f) {
    nsAutoString defaultLengthUnit;
    htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils->GetDefaultLengthUnit(defaultLengthUnit);
    unit = NS_Atomize(defaultLengthUnit);
  }
  int8_t multiplier = aChange == Change::plus ? +1 : -1;
  if (nsGkAtoms::in == unit) {
    f += NS_EDITOR_INDENT_INCREMENT_IN * multiplier;
  } else if (nsGkAtoms::cm == unit) {
    f += NS_EDITOR_INDENT_INCREMENT_CM * multiplier;
  } else if (nsGkAtoms::mm == unit) {
    f += NS_EDITOR_INDENT_INCREMENT_MM * multiplier;
  } else if (nsGkAtoms::pt == unit) {
    f += NS_EDITOR_INDENT_INCREMENT_PT * multiplier;
  } else if (nsGkAtoms::pc == unit) {
    f += NS_EDITOR_INDENT_INCREMENT_PC * multiplier;
  } else if (nsGkAtoms::em == unit) {
    f += NS_EDITOR_INDENT_INCREMENT_EM * multiplier;
  } else if (nsGkAtoms::ex == unit) {
    f += NS_EDITOR_INDENT_INCREMENT_EX * multiplier;
  } else if (nsGkAtoms::px == unit) {
    f += NS_EDITOR_INDENT_INCREMENT_PX * multiplier;
  } else if (nsGkAtoms::percentage == unit) {
    f += NS_EDITOR_INDENT_INCREMENT_PERCENT * multiplier;
  }

  if (0 < f) {
    nsAutoString newValue;
    newValue.AppendFloat(f);
    newValue.Append(nsDependentAtomString(unit));
    htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils->SetCSSProperty(aElement, marginProperty,
                                              newValue);
    return NS_OK;
  }

  htmlEditor->mCSSEditUtils->RemoveCSSProperty(aElement, marginProperty,
                                               value);

  // Remove unnecessary divs
  if (!aElement.IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::div) ||
      &aElement == htmlEditor->GetActiveEditingHost() ||
      !htmlEditor->IsDescendantOfEditorRoot(&aElement) ||
      HTMLEditor::HasAttributes(&aElement)) {
    return NS_OK;
  }

  nsresult rv = htmlEditor->RemoveContainer(&aElement);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillAbsolutePosition(Selection& aSelection,
                                    bool* aCancel,
                                    bool* aHandled)
{
  MOZ_ASSERT(aCancel && aHandled);
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);

  WillInsert(aSelection, aCancel);

  // We want to ignore result of WillInsert()
  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = true;

  nsCOMPtr<Element> focusElement = htmlEditor->GetSelectionContainer();
  if (focusElement && HTMLEditUtils::IsImage(focusElement)) {
    mNewBlock = focusElement;
    return NS_OK;
  }

  nsresult rv = NormalizeSelection(&aSelection);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
  AutoSelectionRestorer selectionRestorer(&aSelection, htmlEditor);

  // Convert the selection ranges into "promoted" selection ranges: this
  // basically just expands the range to include the immediate block parent,
  // and then further expands to include any ancestors whose children are all
  // in the range.

  nsTArray<RefPtr<nsRange>> arrayOfRanges;
  GetPromotedRanges(aSelection, arrayOfRanges,
                    EditAction::setAbsolutePosition);

  // Use these ranges to contruct a list of nodes to act on.
  nsTArray<OwningNonNull<nsINode>> arrayOfNodes;
  rv = GetNodesForOperation(arrayOfRanges, arrayOfNodes,
                            EditAction::setAbsolutePosition);
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  // If nothing visible in list, make an empty block
  if (ListIsEmptyLine(arrayOfNodes)) {
    // Get selection location
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(aSelection.GetRangeAt(0) &&
                    aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent());
    OwningNonNull<nsINode> parent =
      *aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->GetStartParent();
    int32_t offset = aSelection.GetRangeAt(0)->StartOffset();

    // Make sure we can put a block here
    rv = SplitAsNeeded(*nsGkAtoms::div, parent, offset);
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    nsCOMPtr<Element> positionedDiv =
      htmlEditor->CreateNode(nsGkAtoms::div, parent, offset);
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(positionedDiv);
    // Remember our new block for postprocessing
    mNewBlock = positionedDiv;
    // Delete anything that was in the list of nodes
    while (!arrayOfNodes.IsEmpty()) {
      OwningNonNull<nsINode> curNode = arrayOfNodes[0];
      rv = htmlEditor->DeleteNode(curNode);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
      arrayOfNodes.RemoveElementAt(0);
    }
    // Put selection in new block
    *aHandled = true;
    rv = aSelection.Collapse(positionedDiv, 0);
    // Don't restore the selection
    selectionRestorer.Abort();
    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    return NS_OK;
  }

  // Okay, now go through all the nodes and put them in a blockquote, or
  // whatever is appropriate.  Woohoo!
  nsCOMPtr<Element> curList, curPositionedDiv, indentedLI;
  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < arrayOfNodes.Length(); i++) {
    // Here's where we actually figure out what to do
    NS_ENSURE_STATE(arrayOfNodes[i]->IsContent());
    OwningNonNull<nsIContent> curNode = *arrayOfNodes[i]->AsContent();

    // Ignore all non-editable nodes.  Leave them be.
    if (!htmlEditor->IsEditable(curNode)) {
      continue;
    }

    nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> sibling;

    nsCOMPtr<nsINode> curParent = curNode->GetParentNode();
    int32_t offset = curParent ? curParent->IndexOf(curNode) : -1;

    // Some logic for putting list items into nested lists...
    if (HTMLEditUtils::IsList(curParent)) {
      // Check to see if curList is still appropriate.  Which it is if curNode
      // is still right after it in the same list.
      if (curList) {
        sibling = htmlEditor->GetPriorHTMLSibling(curNode);
      }

      if (!curList || (sibling && sibling != curList)) {
        // Create a new nested list of correct type
        rv =
          SplitAsNeeded(*curParent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom(), curParent, offset);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        if (!curPositionedDiv) {
          nsCOMPtr<nsINode> curParentParent = curParent->GetParentNode();
          int32_t parentOffset = curParentParent
            ? curParentParent->IndexOf(curParent) : -1;
          curPositionedDiv = htmlEditor->CreateNode(nsGkAtoms::div, curParentParent,
                                                    parentOffset);
          mNewBlock = curPositionedDiv;
        }
        curList = htmlEditor->CreateNode(curParent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom(),
                                         curPositionedDiv, -1);
        NS_ENSURE_STATE(curList);
        // curList is now the correct thing to put curNode in.  Remember our
        // new block for postprocessing.
      }
      // Tuck the node into the end of the active list
      rv = htmlEditor->MoveNode(curNode, curList, -1);
      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
    } else {
      // Not a list item, use blockquote?  If we are inside a list item, we
      // don't want to blockquote, we want to sublist the list item.  We may
      // have several nodes listed in the array of nodes to act on, that are in
      // the same list item.  Since we only want to indent that li once, we
      // must keep track of the most recent indented list item, and not indent
      // it if we find another node to act on that is still inside the same li.
      nsCOMPtr<Element> listItem = IsInListItem(curNode);
      if (listItem) {
        if (indentedLI == listItem) {
          // Already indented this list item
          continue;
        }
        curParent = listItem->GetParentNode();
        offset = curParent ? curParent->IndexOf(listItem) : -1;
        // Check to see if curList is still appropriate.  Which it is if
        // curNode is still right after it in the same list.
        if (curList) {
          sibling = htmlEditor->GetPriorHTMLSibling(curNode);
        }

        if (!curList || (sibling && sibling != curList)) {
          // Create a new nested list of correct type
          rv = SplitAsNeeded(*curParent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom(), curParent,
                             offset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          if (!curPositionedDiv) {
            nsCOMPtr<nsINode> curParentParent = curParent->GetParentNode();
            int32_t parentOffset = curParentParent ?
              curParentParent->IndexOf(curParent) : -1;
            curPositionedDiv = htmlEditor->CreateNode(nsGkAtoms::div,
                                                      curParentParent,
                                                      parentOffset);
            mNewBlock = curPositionedDiv;
          }
          curList = htmlEditor->CreateNode(curParent->NodeInfo()->NameAtom(),
                                           curPositionedDiv, -1);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(curList);
        }
        rv = htmlEditor->MoveNode(listItem, curList, -1);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        // Remember we indented this li
        indentedLI = listItem;
      } else {
        // Need to make a div to put things in if we haven't already

        if (!curPositionedDiv) {
          if (curNode->IsHTMLElement(nsGkAtoms::div)) {
            curPositionedDiv = curNode->AsElement();
            mNewBlock = curPositionedDiv;
            curList = nullptr;
            continue;
          }
          rv = SplitAsNeeded(*nsGkAtoms::div, curParent, offset);
          NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
          curPositionedDiv = htmlEditor->CreateNode(nsGkAtoms::div, curParent,
                                                    offset);
          NS_ENSURE_STATE(curPositionedDiv);
          // Remember our new block for postprocessing
          mNewBlock = curPositionedDiv;
          // curPositionedDiv is now the correct thing to put curNode in
        }

        // Tuck the node into the end of the active blockquote
        rv = htmlEditor->MoveNode(curNode, curPositionedDiv, -1);
        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
        // Forget curList, if any
        curList = nullptr;
      }
    }
  }
  return NS_OK;
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::DidAbsolutePosition()
{
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsCOMPtr<nsIHTMLAbsPosEditor> absPosHTMLEditor = mHTMLEditor;
  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> elt =
    static_cast<nsIDOMElement*>(GetAsDOMNode(mNewBlock));
  return absPosHTMLEditor->AbsolutelyPositionElement(elt, true);
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillRemoveAbsolutePosition(Selection* aSelection,
                                          bool* aCancel,
                                          bool* aHandled) {
  if (!aSelection || !aCancel || !aHandled) {
    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
  }
  WillInsert(*aSelection, aCancel);

  // initialize out param
  // we want to ignore aCancel from WillInsert()
  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = true;

  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement>  elt;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsresult rv =
    mHTMLEditor->GetAbsolutelyPositionedSelectionContainer(getter_AddRefs(elt));
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  AutoSelectionRestorer selectionRestorer(aSelection, mHTMLEditor);

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsCOMPtr<nsIHTMLAbsPosEditor> absPosHTMLEditor = mHTMLEditor;
  return absPosHTMLEditor->AbsolutelyPositionElement(elt, false);
}

nsresult
HTMLEditRules::WillRelativeChangeZIndex(Selection* aSelection,
                                        int32_t aChange,
                                        bool* aCancel,
                                        bool* aHandled)
{
  if (!aSelection || !aCancel || !aHandled) {
    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
  }
  WillInsert(*aSelection, aCancel);

  // initialize out param
  // we want to ignore aCancel from WillInsert()
  *aCancel = false;
  *aHandled = true;

  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement>  elt;
  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsresult rv =
    mHTMLEditor->GetAbsolutelyPositionedSelectionContainer(getter_AddRefs(elt));
  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  AutoSelectionRestorer selectionRestorer(aSelection, mHTMLEditor);

  NS_ENSURE_STATE(mHTMLEditor);
  nsCOMPtr<nsIHTMLAbsPosEditor> absPosHTMLEditor = mHTMLEditor;
  int32_t zIndex;
  return absPosHTMLEditor->RelativeChangeElementZIndex(elt, aChange, &zIndex);
}

NS_IMETHODIMP
HTMLEditRules::DocumentModified()
{
  nsContentUtils::AddScriptRunner(
    NewRunnableMethod(this, &HTMLEditRules::DocumentModifiedWorker));
  return NS_OK;
}

void
HTMLEditRules::DocumentModifiedWorker()
{
  if (!mHTMLEditor) {
    return;
  }

  // DeleteNode below may cause a flush, which could destroy the editor
  nsAutoScriptBlockerSuppressNodeRemoved scriptBlocker;

  RefPtr<HTMLEditor> htmlEditor(mHTMLEditor);
  RefPtr<Selection> selection = htmlEditor->GetSelection();
  if (!selection) {
    return;
  }

  // Delete our bogus node, if we have one, since the document might not be
  // empty any more.
  if (mBogusNode) {
    mTextEditor->DeleteNode(mBogusNode);
    mBogusNode = nullptr;
  }

  // Try to recreate the bogus node if needed.
  CreateBogusNodeIfNeeded(selection);
}

} // namespace mozilla